This manual describes the hardware and software installation of Modicon X80 discrete modules. Validity Note. This documentation is valid for EcoStruxure™ ...
Modicon X80 Discrete Input/Output Modules User Manual Original instructions 11/2020 35012474.18 www.se.com
This manual describes the hardware and software installation of Modicon X80 discrete modules. Validity Note. This documentation is valid for EcoStruxure™ Control Expert...
Modicon X80 Discrete Input/Output Modules User Manual Original instructions 11/2020 35012474.18 www.se.com Legal Information The Schneider Electric brand and any trademarks of Schneider Electric SE and its subsidiaries referred to in this guide are the property of Schneider Electric SE or its subsidiaries. All other brands may be trademarks of their respective owners. This guide and its content are protected under applicable copyright laws and furnished for informational use only. No part of this guide may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), for any purpose, without the prior written permission of Schneider Electric. Schneider Electric does not grant any right or license for commercial use of the guide or its content, except for a non-exclusive and personal license to consult it on an "as is" basis. Schneider Electric products and equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel. As standards, specifications, and designs change from time to time, information contained in this guide may be subject to change without notice. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no responsibility or liability is assumed by Schneider Electric and its subsidiaries for any errors or omissions in the informational content of this material or consequences arising out of or resulting from the use of the information contained herein. Table of Contents Discrete Input/Output Modules Safety Information .................................................................................................. 11 Before You Begin..............................................................................................12 Start-up and Test ..............................................................................................13 Operation and Adjustments ...............................................................................14 About the Book ......................................................................................................15 Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules ...........................................17 General Introduction ...............................................................................................18 General Description of the Modules ...................................................................18 Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 20-pin Terminal Block Connection ......................................................................................................19 Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-pin Terminal Block Connection ......................................................................................................21 Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-Pin Connectors ........................22 Discrete Input Modules Catalog .........................................................................23 Discrete Output Modules Catalog ......................................................................26 Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog ....................................................29 Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules............................................................31 Temperature Derating .......................................................................................34 Standards and Certifications..............................................................................36 General Rules for Installing the Modules .................................................................37 Fitting of the Modules........................................................................................37 20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20·0 ..............................................................40 40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40·0 ..............................................................43 BMX FTW ··1 Cable .........................................................................................49 BMX FTW ··5 Cable .........................................................................................53 Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module .........................................................57 Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module.........................................................62 Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module ...............................................67 Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators............68 Wiring Precautions ...........................................................................................72 How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules........................................................................................................... 76 35012474.18 3 Discrete Input/Output Modules How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces ......................................................................82 Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output Compatibility ........................87 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing ...............................................91 General Protective Measures ............................................................................91 Module and Channel Status Display...................................................................92 Diagnostics ......................................................................................................96 Checking the Connection ..................................................................................99 BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules .............................................................................. 102 Introduction .................................................................................................... 102 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 103 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 105 BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules .............................................................................. 109 Introduction .................................................................................................... 109 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 110 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 112 BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules ............................................................................ 116 Introduction .................................................................................................... 116 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 117 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 120 BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules ............................................................................... 124 Introduction .................................................................................................... 124 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 125 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 127 BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules ............................................................................... 131 Introduction .................................................................................................... 131 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 132 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 134 BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules ............................................................................... 139 Introduction .................................................................................................... 139 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 140 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 142 BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules ............................................................................... 147 Introduction .................................................................................................... 147 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 148 4 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 150 BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules ............................................................................... 153 Introduction .................................................................................................... 153 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 154 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 156 BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules .................................................... 159 Introduction .................................................................................................... 159 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 160 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 164 BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules ............................................................................... 169 Introduction .................................................................................................... 169 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 170 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 172 BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules ............................................................................... 177 Introduction .................................................................................................... 177 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 178 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 180 BMX DAI 0814 Input Module ................................................................................ 183 Introduction .................................................................................................... 183 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 184 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 185 BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules ........................................................................... 188 Introduction .................................................................................................... 188 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 189 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 191 BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules ........................................................................... 195 Introduction .................................................................................................... 195 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 196 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 198 BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules ................................................................. 202 Introduction .................................................................................................... 202 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 203 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 205 BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules ................................................................. 208 Introduction .................................................................................................... 208 35012474.18 5 Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics ............................................................................................... 209 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 211 BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules ............................................................... 214 Introduction .................................................................................................... 214 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 215 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 216 BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules ................................................................. 219 Introduction .................................................................................................... 219 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 220 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 222 BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules ................................................................. 225 Introduction .................................................................................................... 225 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 226 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 229 BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules .................................................................. 232 Introduction .................................................................................................... 232 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 233 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 235 BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules ................................................................. 238 Introduction .................................................................................................... 238 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 239 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 242 BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules............................................................... 245 Introduction .................................................................................................... 245 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 246 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 248 BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules .............................................................. 251 Introduction .................................................................................................... 251 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 252 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 254 BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules ................................................................... 257 Introduction .................................................................................................... 257 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 258 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 260 BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules ...................................................... 263 6 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Modules Introduction .................................................................................................... 263 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 264 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 267 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module ............................................... 271 Introduction .................................................................................................... 271 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 272 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 276 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module .............................................. 281 Introduction .................................................................................................... 281 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 282 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 286 BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module ............................................. 290 Introduction .................................................................................................... 290 Characteristics ............................................................................................... 291 Connecting the Module ................................................................................... 294 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules ..................... 298 Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O .............. 298 General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O Modules ................................................................................................... 299 TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog .................................................... 299 Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases ...................................................................................................... 306 Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/O ................ 307 Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2 Base Interface................................................................................................... 307 Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases ................ 309 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11 Connection Bases ............................................................................................................ 313 Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R10/R11 and ABE-7H16R10/R11 Bases......................................................................... 313 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases ..................................... 314 Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R10/R11 Bases ...................................................................................................... 314 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23 Connection Bases ............................................................................................................ 316 35012474.18 7 Discrete Input/Output Modules Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R21 and ABE7H16R20/R21/R23 Bases for Type 2 Inputs ................................................ 316 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases..................................... 318 Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Bases ...................................................................................................... 318 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases ..................................... 319 Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Bases with One Isolator per Channel........................................................................... 320 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base ................................................. 321 Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12S21 Base with 1 Isolator per Channel.................................................................................. 322 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases..................................... 323 Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R30/R31 Bases ...................................................................................................... 324 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base ................................................. 325 Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R50 Bases ............. 326 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base ................................................. 327 Sensor and Actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R50 Base ..................... 327 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base ................................................. 329 Actuator Connections on ABE-7H16F43 Output Base with One Fuse and One isolator per Channel........................................................................... 329 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base ................................................. 330 Sensor Connections on ABE-7H16S43 Output Base with One Fuse and One Isolator per Channel........................................................................... 330 TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories ..................................................... 332 TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog ................................... 332 Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases ............................................................................... 334 Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical Output Relays ..................................................................................................... 336 Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays .................. 337 Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays................ 338 Discrete Input/Output Modules Software Implementation ............................. 339 General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function .......................... 340 Overview ....................................................................................................... 340 8 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration ....................................................................................................... 342 Configuration of a Discrete Module: General Points........................................... 342 Discrete Module Configuration Screen in Modicon Mx80 local rack ............... 342 Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop ..................................... 344 Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters ................................................ 347 Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack....................................................... 347 Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in Rack ........................ 348 Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters ................................................... 350 How to Modify the Task Parameter ............................................................. 350 How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter ................................................................................................ 351 How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter .............................................. 351 How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter ................................................ 352 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects ........................................ 354 Language Objects and IODDT......................................................................... 354 Description of the Discrete Function Objects Languages.............................. 354 Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs ...................................................... 355 IODDT Links............................................................................................. 355 Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange................................................................................................. 356 Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange ........... 357 Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange................................................................................................. 358 Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange................................................................................................. 359 Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange................................................................................................. 360 Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange................................................................................................. 361 Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_MOD ........... 362 Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants.......................... 364 Discrete Device DDT Names ..................................................................... 365 MOD_FLT Byte Description ....................................................................... 370 Debugging........................................................................................................... 371 Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module ............................. 371 35012474.18 9 Discrete Input/Output Modules Debugging Screen.......................................................................................... 371 How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function ................................................. 373 How to Access the SET and RESET Commands............................................... 374 How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command ...................................... 375 Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module .............................................................. 375 Diagnostics of the Modules .................................................................................. 376 How to Access the Diagnostics Function .......................................................... 376 How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete Module .............. 377 Appendices............................................................................................................ 379 Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules ................................................. 380 Topological/State RAM Addressing of ModiconX80 Discrete Modules................. 380 Glossary ................................................................................................................. 385 Index ....................................................................................................................... 387 10 35012474.18 Safety Information Safety Information Discrete Input/Output Modules Important Information Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain it. The following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure. The addition of this symbol to a "Danger" or "Warning" safety label indicates that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the instructions are not followed. This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. ! DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. ! WARNING WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. ! CAUTION CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. NOTICE NOTICE is used to address practices not related to physical injury. 35012474.18 11 Discrete Input/Output Modules Safety Information Please Note Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material. A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved. Before You Begin Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation guarding. Lack of effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in serious injury to the operator of that machine. WARNING UNGUARDED EQUIPMENT · Do not use this software and related automation equipment on equipment which does not have point-of-operation protection. · Do not reach into machinery during operation. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. This automation equipment and related software is used to control a variety of industrial processes. The type or model of automation equipment suitable for each application will vary depending on factors such as the control function required, degree of protection required, production methods, unusual conditions, government regulations, etc. In some applications, more than one processor may be required, as when backup redundancy is needed. Only you, the user, machine builder or system integrator can be aware of all the conditions and factors present during setup, operation, and maintenance of the machine and, therefore, can determine the automation equipment and the related safeties and interlocks which can be properly used. When selecting automation and control equipment and related software for a particular application, you should refer to the applicable local and national standards and regulations. The National Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual (nationally recognized in the United States of America) also provides much useful information. In some applications, such as packaging machinery, additional operator protection such as point-of-operation guarding must be provided. This is necessary if the operator's hands and other parts of the body are free to enter the pinch points or other hazardous areas and 12 35012474.18 Safety Information Discrete Input/Output Modules serious injury can occur. Software products alone cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the software cannot be substituted for or take the place of point-of-operation protection. Ensure that appropriate safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks related to point-ofoperation protection have been installed and are operational before placing the equipment into service. All interlocks and safeties related to point-of-operation protection must be coordinated with the related automation equipment and software programming. NOTE: Coordination of safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks for point-ofoperation protection is outside the scope of the Function Block Library, System User Guide, or other implementation referenced in this documentation. Start-up and Test Before using electrical control and automation equipment for regular operation after installation, the system should be given a start-up test by qualified personnel to verify correct operation of the equipment. It is important that arrangements for such a check be made and that enough time is allowed to perform complete and satisfactory testing. WARNING EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD · Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed. · Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary holding means used for shipment from all component devices. · Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all equipment documentation for future references. Software testing must be done in both simulated and real environments. Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and temporary grounds that are not installed according to local regulations (according to the National Electrical Code in the U.S.A, for instance). If high-potential voltage testing is necessary, follow recommendations in equipment documentation to prevent accidental equipment damage. Before energizing equipment: · Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment. · Close the equipment enclosure door. 35012474.18 13 Discrete Input/Output Modules · Remove all temporary grounds from incoming power lines. · Perform all start-up tests recommended by the manufacturer. Safety Information Operation and Adjustments The following precautions are from the NEMA Standards Publication ICS 7.1-1995 (English version prevails): · Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment or in the selection and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be encountered if such equipment is improperly operated. · It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce unsatisfactory or unsafe operation. Always use the manufacturer's instructions as a guide for functional adjustments. Personnel who have access to these adjustments should be familiar with the equipment manufacturer's instructions and the machinery used with the electrical equipment. · Only those operational adjustments actually required by the operator should be accessible to the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to prevent unauthorized changes in operating characteristics. 14 35012474.18 About the Book About the Book Discrete Input/Output Modules Document Scope This manual describes the hardware and software installation of Modicon X80 discrete modules. Validity Note This documentation is valid for EcoStruxureTM Control Expert 15.0 or later. The technical characteristics of the devices described in the present document also appear online. To access the information online, go to the Schneider Electric home page www.se. com/ww/en/download/. The characteristics that are described in the present document should be the same as those characteristics that appear online. In line with our policy of constant improvement, we may revise content over time to improve clarity and accuracy. If you see a difference between the document and online information, use the online information as your reference. Related Documents Title of documentation Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Operating Modes EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Program Languages and Structure, Reference Manual EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Communication, Block Library Reference number EIO0000002726 (English), EIO0000002727 (French), EIO0000002728 (German), EIO0000002730 (Italian), EIO0000002729 (Spanish), EIO0000002731 (Chinese) 33003101 (English), 33003102 (French), 33003103 (German), 33003104 (Spanish), 33003696 (Italian), 33003697 (Chinese) 35006144 (English), 35006145 (French), 35006146 (German), 35013361 (Italian), 35006147 (Spanish), 35013362 (Chinese) 33002527 (English), 33002528 (French), 33002529 (German), 33003682 (Italian), 33002530 (Spanish), 33003683 (Chinese) 35012474.18 15 Discrete Input/Output Modules About the Book Title of documentation EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, I/O Management, Block Library EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Concept Application Converter, User Manual Reference number 33002531 (English), 33002532 (French), 33002533 (German), 33003684 (Italian), 33002534 (Spanish), 33003685 (Chinese) 33002515 (English), 33002516 (French), 33002517 (German), 33003676 (Italian), 33002518 (Spanish), 33003677 (Chinese) You can download these technical publications, the present document and other technical information from our website www.se.com/en/download/. Product Related Information WARNING UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION · The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control systems. Only persons with such expertise should be allowed to program, install, alter, and apply this product. · Follow all local and national safety codes and standards. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 16 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Modules Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules What's in This Part General Introduction ................................................................18 General Rules for Installing the Modules ...................................37 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing .................91 BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules ................................................ 102 BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules ................................................ 109 BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules .............................................. 116 BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules ................................................. 124 BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules ................................................. 131 BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules ................................................ 139 BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules ................................................ 147 BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules ................................................ 153 BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules ...................... 159 BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules ................................................ 169 BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules ................................................ 177 BMX DAI 0814 Input Module .................................................. 183 BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules ............................................. 188 BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules ............................................. 195 BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules ................................... 202 BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules ................................... 208 BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules ................................. 214 BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules ................................... 219 BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules ................................... 225 BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules.................................... 232 BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules ................................... 238 BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules ................................ 245 BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules ................................ 251 BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules..................................... 257 BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules ........................ 263 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module ................ 271 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module ................ 281 BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module ............... 290 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules ................................................................................ 298 Subject of this Part This part presents the range of Modicon X80 discrete I/O modules. 35012474.18 17 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction General Introduction What's in This Chapter General Description of the Modules...........................................18 Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 20-pin Terminal Block Connection.....................................................................19 Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-pin Terminal Block Connection.....................................................................21 Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-Pin Connectors.............................................................................. 22 Discrete Input Modules Catalog ................................................23 Discrete Output Modules Catalog..............................................26 Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog............................29 Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules ...................................31 Temperature Derating ..............................................................34 Standards and Certifications .....................................................36 Subject of this Section This chapter provides a general introduction to discrete input/output modules. General Description of the Modules At a Glance The discrete input/output modules of the Modicon X80 range are standard format modules (occupying one single position), fitted with either: · one 20-pin terminal block or · one 40-pin terminal block or · one or two 40-pin connectors For modules fitted with 40-pin connector outputs, a series of products known as TELEFAST 2, page 298 is available that enables discrete input/output modules to be quickly connected to operational parts. A wide range of discrete inputs and outputs make it possible to meet the following requirements: · functional: direct or alternating inputs/outputs, with positive or negative logic · modularity: 8, 16, 32, or 64 channels per module 18 35012474.18 General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules Inputs Inputs receive signals from the sensors and carry out the following functions: · acquisition · adaptation · galvanic insulation · filtering · protection against interference Outputs Outputs store the orders given by the processor, in order to control pre-actuators via decoupling and amplification circuits. Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 20-pin Terminal Block Connection At a Glance The I/O modules are housed in plastic cases which provide IP20 protection for all the electronic parts. 35012474.18 19 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction Illustration The diagram below shows a 20-pin discrete module and a 20-pin terminal block. Elements The following table describes the different elements of the discrete input/output modules with 20-pin terminal block connections. Number 1 2 3 4 5 Description Rigid structure which supports and protects the electronic card Module reference label Note: A label is also visible on the right-hand side of the module. Channel status display panel Connector housing the 20-pin terminal block 20-pin terminal block, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators NOTE: Terminal blocks are supplied separately. 20 35012474.18 General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-pin Terminal Block Connection At a Glance The I/O modules are housed in plastic cases which provide IP20 protection for all the electronic parts. Illustration The diagram below shows a 40-pin discrete module and a 40-pin terminal block. Elements The following table describes the different elements of the discrete input/output modules with 40-pin terminal block connections. 35012474.18 21 Discrete Input/Output Modules Number 1 2 3 4 5 Description Rigid structure which supports and protects the electronic card Module reference label Note: A label is also visible on the right-hand side of the module. Channel status display panel Connector housing the 40-pin terminal block 40-pin terminal block, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators NOTE: Terminal blocks are supplied separately. General Introduction Physical Description of Discrete Modules with 40-Pin Connectors At a Glance The input/output modules are housed in plastic cases which provide IP20 protection for all the electronic parts. Illustration The diagram below shows a 40-pin discrete module. 22 35012474.18 General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules Elements The following table describes the different elements of the discrete input/output modules by 40-pin connectors. Number 1 2 3 4 Description Rigid structure which supports and protects the electronic card Module reference labels Note: A label is also visible on the right-hand side of the module. Channel status display panel 40-pin connector, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators Discrete Input Modules Catalog At a Glance The tables below present the two catalogs of discrete input modules: · with 20-pin and 40-pin terminal blocks · with 40-pin connectors Catalog of Terminal Block Input Modules Catalog of discrete input modules with 20-pin terminal block connection. Type of module Illustration Inputs with 20-pin terminal block connection Discrete input module Number of channels 16 inputs 35012474.18 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 8 inputs 8 inputs 23 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction Range Insulation 24 VDC Insulated inputs 48 VDC Insulated inputs 125 VDC Insulated inputs 24 VAC 24 VDC Insulated inputs 48 VAC Insulated inputs 100...120 VAC Insulated inputs 100...120 VAC channel to channel isolated inputs 200...240 VAC Insulated inputs IEC 61131-2 Type 3 Type 1 N/A compliance Type 1 N/A Type 3 Type 3 Type 3 Type 2 Logic Positive Positive Positive N/A Positive N/A N/A N/A N/A or Negative Proximity sensor compatibility 2-wire DC and 3-wire PNP proximity sensor (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) N/A 2-wire DC and 3-wire PNP proximity sensor (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) Response time Type of Interface Reference 4 ms 4 ms 5 ms 15 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 20-pin terminal block BMX DDI 1602 20-pin terminal block BMX DDI 1603 20-pin terminal block BMX DDI 1604T 20-pin terminal block BMX DAI 1602 20-pin terminal block BMX DAI 1603 20-pin terminal block BMX DAI 1604 20-pin terminal block BMX DAI 0814 20-pin terminal block BMX DAI 0805 Catalog of discrete input modules with 40-pin terminal block connection. Type of module Illustration Inputs with 40-pin terminal block connection Discrete input module Num- 16 inputs ber 24 16 inputs 32 inputs 32 inputs 35012474.18 General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules of channels Range 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC Insu- channel to channel lat- isolated inputs ion channel to channel isolated inputs IEC 61131-2 compliance Type 1 Log- N/A ic Type 1 N/A Proximity sensor compatibility 2-wire and 3-wire proximity sensor (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) Response time 10 ms 10 ms Type of Interface 40-pin terminal block Ref- BMX DAI 1614 erence 40-pin terminal block BMX DAI 1615 48 VDC Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels Type 3 12/24 VDC Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels Type 3 (24 VDC input) Positive Positive or Negative 2-wire proximity sensor N/A 3-wire PNP proximity sensor 4 ms 4 ms 40-pin terminal block 40-pin terminal block BMX DDI 3203 BMX DDI 3232 Catalog of 40-pin Connector Input Modules Catalog of discrete input modules with 40-pin connectors. 35012474.18 25 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction Type of module Illustration Inputs with connection via 40-pin connectors Discrete input module Discrete input module Number of channels 32 inputs Range 24 VDC Insulation Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels IEC 61131-2 compliance Type 1 Logic Positive Proximity sensor compatibility 2-wire proximity sensor 3-wire PNP proximity sensor Response time 4 ms Type of Interface 1 x 40-pin connector Reference BMX DDI 3202 K 64 inputs 24 VDC Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels No type Positive 3-wire PNP proximity sensor 4 ms 2 x 40-pin connectors BMX DDI 6402 K Discrete Output Modules Catalog At a Glance The tables below show the catalogs of static and relay output modules. Catalog of Output Modules Catalog of discrete static output modules with connection via 20-pin terminal blocks and 40pin connectors. 26 35012474.18 General Introduction Type of module Illustration Static outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Discrete output module Discrete Input/Output Modules Static outputs with 40-pin connectors Discrete output module Discrete output module Number of channels Range Insulation Current Overload protection Logic Response time Type of Interface Reference 16 outputs 16 outputs 32 outputs 64 outputs 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC Insulated outputs Insulated outputs Outputs insulated per group of 16 channels 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.1 A 0.1 A Outputs protected against short-circuits and overloads with automatic or controlled reactivation and fast electromagnet demagnetization circuit. Positive Negative Positive Positive 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 20-pin terminal block 20-pin terminal block 1 x 40-pin connector 2 x 40-pin connectors BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K Catalog of Relay Output Modules Catalog of discrete relay output modules with 20-pin and 40-pin terminal block connection. 35012474.18 27 Discrete Input/Output Modules Type of module Relay outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Illustration Discrete output module General Introduction Relay outputs with 40-pin terminal block connections Discrete output module Number of channels Range 8 outputs 125 VDC Insulation Outputs insulated from ground Type of contact 8 insulated channels Thermal current 3 A per channel Overload protection No protection Logic Positive/ negative Response time 10 ms max Type of Interface Reference 20-pin terminal block BMX DRA 0804T 8 outputs 8 outputs 16 outputs 8 NO/NC outputs 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC Outputs insulated from ground 8 insulated channels 3A 5...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC Outputs insulated from ground 8 insulated channels 2A 24...48 VDC or 24...240 VAC Outputs insulated from ground 1 common per group of 8 channels 2A 5...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC Outputs insulated from ground 8 insulated channels 4A No protection No protection No protection No protection Positive/ negative 10 ms max 20-pin terminal block BMX DRA 0805 Positive/ negative 13 ms max 20-pin terminal block BMX DRA 0815 Positive/ negative 10 ms max 20-pin terminal block BMX DRA 1605 Positive/negative 13 ms max 40-pin terminal block BMX DRC 0805 Catalog of Triac Output Module Catalog of discrete triac output module with connection via 20-pin and 40-pin terminal blocks. 28 35012474.18 General Introduction Type of module Illustration Triac outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Discrete output module Discrete Input/Output Modules Triac outputs with 40-pin terminal block connections Discrete output module Number of channels Range Insulation Current 16 outputs 100...240 VAC Outputs insulated by group of 4 channels max: 0.6 A / points (with derating, page 34) Overload protection Snubber circuit and varistor Logic - Response time 1 ms + 0.5 x (1/F) (where F = frequency in Hz) Type of Interface 20-pin terminal block Reference BMX DAO 1605 16 outputs 24...240 VAC Outputs individually insulated max: 3 A per channel (with derating, page 264) Snubber circuit and varistor max: 0.5 x (1/F) (where F = frequency in Hz) 40-pin terminal block BMX DAO 1615 Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog At a Glance The table below presents the catalog of discrete mixed input/output modules with connections by 20-pin terminal block and by 40-pin connectors. 35012474.18 29 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction Catalog Catalog of discrete mixed input/output modules with connection via 20-pin terminal blocks and 40-pin connectors. Type of module Illustration Mixed inputs/outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Discrete mixed input/output modules Mixed inputs/outputs with 40-pin terminal block connections Discrete mixed input/ output modules Inputs Outputs 30 Number of channels Range Insulation IEC 61131-2 compliant Logic Response time Range Insulation Current IEC 61131-2 compliant Overload protection 8 inputs 8 outputs 24 VDC Insulated inputs Type 3 8 inputs 8 outputs 24 VDC Insulated inputs Type 3 16 inputs 16 outputs 24 VDC Insulated inputs Type 1 Positive 4 ms Static outputs 24 VDC Outputs insulated from ground 0.5 A Yes Positive 4 ms Relay outputs 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC Outputs insulated from ground 1 common per group of 8 channels 2A Yes Positive 4 ms Static outputs 24 VDC Outputs insulated from ground 0.1 A Yes Outputs are protected N/A against overloads and short-circuits. Outputs are protected against overloads and short-circuits. 35012474.18 General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules Logic Response time Connections Reference Positive 1.2 ms 20-pin terminal block BMX DDM 16022 N/A 10 ms max 20-pin terminal block BMX DDM 16025 Positive 1.2 ms 1 x 40-pin connector BMX DDM 3202 K Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules General Presentation of X80 Discrete I/O Modules X80 Discrete I/O Module with a 20-pin removable terminal block a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform. 35012474.18 31 Discrete Input/Output Modules X80 Discrete I/O Module with a 40-pin removable terminal block General Introduction a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform. Refer to Mounting the Racks (see Modicon X80, Racks and Power Supplies, Hardware Reference Manual). X80 Discrete I/O Module with 40-pin FCN-type connectors a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform. 32 35012474.18 General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules Dimensions of X80 Discrete Modules Module reference Module dimension Width Height Module alone X80 Discrete I/O Modules with a 20-pin removable terminal block BMXDDI1602(H) BMXDDI1603(H) BMXDDI1604(T) BMXDAI1602(H) BMXDAI1603(H) BMXDAI1604(H) BMXDAI0805(H) BMXDAI0814 BMXDDO1602(H) 32 mm (1.26 in.) 103.7 mm (4.08 in.) 86 mm (3.39 in.) BMXDDO1612(H) BMXDRA0804(T) BMXDRA0805(H) BMXDRA0815(H) BMXDRA1605(H) BMXDAO1605(H) BMXDDM1622(H) BMXDDM1625(H) X80 Discrete I/O Modules with a 40-pin removable terminal block BMXDAI1614(H) BMXDAI1615(H) BMXDRC0805(H) 32 mm (1.26 in.) 134.6 mm (5.30 in.) 86 mm (3.39 in.) BMXDAO1615(H) X80 Discrete I/O Modules with 1 or 2 40-pin FCN-type connectors BMXDDI3202(K) BMXDDI3202(KH) 32 mm (1.26 in.) 103.7 mm (4.08 in.) 86 mm (3.39 in.) BMXDDO3202(K) Installation depth(1) 119.5 mm (4.69 in.)(1) 119.5 mm (4.69 in.)(1) 126.5 mm (4.96 in.)(1) 35012474.18 33 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction Module reference Module dimension Width Height BMXDDO3202(KC) BMXDDM3202(K) BMXDDI6402(K) BMXDDI6402(KH) BMXDDO6402(K) BMXDDO6402(KC) (1) DIN-rail depth (a) is not included. Module alone Installation depth(1) NOTE: Connectors that are delivered with the X80 Discrete I/O modules (20-pin and 40pin removable terminal blocks) and the corresponding pre-assembled cordsets (BMXFTW**1 and BMXFTW**5) have the same dimensions. NOTE: Consider clearance for cable installation and spacing around the racks. Temperature Derating At a Glance The characteristics are specified for a load rate of 60% of the channels. CAUTION OVERHEATING HAZARD Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 34 35012474.18 General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules If the rate is greater than 60%, the following downgrade curve must be taken into consideration. NOTE: There is no temperature derating for relay modules. Users must therefore check that the overall consumption of the 24 VDC power supply is sufficient. NOTE: For static outputs, temperature derating is carried out on the basis of the maximum current produced by the active outputs. Altitude Operating Conditions The temperature derating applies to the modules for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). Examples · BMX DDO 1602 Suppose the BMX DDO 1602 module with sixteen 24 VDC/0.5 A outputs produces 0.5 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between 0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 16 x 0.5 = 8 A. Above 40°C, the downgrading curve must be applied. At 60°C, the maximum current in 24 VDC must not exceed 8 x 60% = 4.8 A. This value corresponds to 10 outputs at 0.5 A or 16 outputs at 0.3 A or other combinations. 35012474.18 35 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction · BMX DDO 6402 Suppose the BMX DDO 6402 K module with sixty-four 24 VDC/0.1 A outputs produces 0.1 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between 0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 64 x 0.1 = 6.4 A. Above 40°C, the downgrading curve must be applied. At 60°C, the maximum current in 24 VDC must not exceed 6.4 x 60% = 3.8 A. This value corresponds to 38 outputs at 0.1 A or 64 outputs at 0.05 A or other combinations. · BMX DAO 1605 Suppose the BMX DAO 1605 module with sixteen 220 VAC outputs producing 0.3 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between 0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 16 x 0.3 A = 4.8 A (2,4 A per 8-channel group maximum). Above 40°C, the downgrading curve must be applied. At 60°C, the maximum current in 220 Vac must not exceed 4.8 A x 0.6 = 2.9 A (1.5 A per 8-channel group maximum). This value corresponds to 10 outputs at 0.3 A or to 16 outputs at 0.18 A. Standards and Certifications Download Click the link that corresponds to your preferred language to download standards and certifications (PDF format) that apply to the modules in this product line: Title Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications Languages · English: EIO0000002726 · French: EIO0000002727 · German: EIO0000002728 · Italian: EIO0000002730 · Spanish: EIO0000002729 · Chinese: EIO0000002731 36 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules What's in This Chapter Fitting of the Modules ...............................................................37 20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20·0......................................40 40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40·0......................................43 BMX FTW ··1 Cable.................................................................49 BMX FTW ··5 Cable ................................................................53 Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module ................................57 Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module ................................62 Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module.......................67 Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators ..........................................................................68 Wiring Precautions...................................................................72 How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules .......................................................76 How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces...................82 Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output Compatibility............................................................................ 87 Subject of this Section This chapter presents the general rules for installing discrete input/output modules. Fitting of the Modules At a Glance The discrete input/output modules are powered by the bus of the rack. The modules may be handled without turning off power supply to the rack, without damage or disturbance to the PLC. Fitting operations (installation, assembly and disassembly) are described below. Installation Precautions The Modicon X80 discrete modules may be installed in any of the positions in the rack except: · the positions reserved for the rack power supply modules (marked PS, PS1, and PS2), 35012474.18 37 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules · the positions reserved for extended modules (marked XBE), · the positions reserved for the CPU in the main local rack (marked 00 or marked 00 and 01 depending on the CPU), · the positions reserved for the (e)X80 adapter module in the main remote drop (marked 00). Power is supplied by the bus at the bottom of the rack (3.3 V and 24 V). Before installing a module, you must take off the protective cap from the module connector located on the rack. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Disconnect the power to the sensors and pre-actuators and disconnect the terminal block to carry out assembly and disassembly of the modules. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. Installation The diagram below shows some discrete input/output modules mounted on the rack. The following table describes the different elements which make up the assembly below. Number 1 2 Description 20-pin terminal block module 40-pin connector module 38 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Number 3 4 Description 2 x 40-pin connector module Standard rack Discrete Input/Output Modules Installing the Module on the Rack The table below presents the procedure for mounting the discrete input/output modules on the rack: Step Action 1 Remove the protective cover from the connector of the module slot on the Modicon X80 rack. 2 Position the locating pins situated at the rear of the module (on the bottom part) in the corresponding slot in the rack. 3 Swivel the module towards the top of the rack so that the module sits flush with the back of the rack. 4 Tighten the mounting screw on top of the module to hold in place on the rack. Tightening torque: 0.4...1.5 N·m (0.30...1.10 lbf-ft). WARNING UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Check that the mounting screw is securely tightened to ensure the module is firmly attached to the rack. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 39 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules 20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20·0 At a Glance There are three types of 20-pin terminal blocks: · BMX FTB 2010 screw clamp terminal blocks · BMX FTB 2000 caged terminal blocks · BMX FTB 2020 spring terminal blocks Cable Ends and Contacts Each terminal block can accommodate: · Bare wires · Wires with: DZ5-CE (ferrule) type cable ends: AZ5-DE (twin ferrule) type cable ends: NOTE: When using stranded cable, Schneider Electric strongly recommends the use of wire ferrules which are fitted with an appropriate crimping tool. Description of the 20-pin Terminal Blocks The following table describes the type of wires that fit each terminal block and the associated gauge range, wiring constraints, and tightening torque: 40 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Illustration Screw Clamp Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 2010 Discrete Input/Output Modules Caged Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 2000 Spring Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 2020 1 solid conductor 2 solid conductors 1 stranded cable · AWG: 22...16 · mm2: 0.34...1.5 2 conductors of the same size: · AWG: 2 x 22...16 · mm2: 2 x 0.34...1.5 · AWG: 22...16 · mm2: 0.34...1.5 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 Only possible with twin ferrule: · AWG: 2 x 24...20 · mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 Only possible with twin ferrule: · AWG: 2 x 24...20 · mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 2 stranded cables 1 stranded cable with ferrule 2 conductors of the same size: · AWG: 2 x 22...16 · mm2: 2 x 0.34...1.5 · AWG: 22...16 · mm2: 0.34...1.5 Only possible with twin ferrule: · AWG: 2 x 24...20 · mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 Only possible with twin ferrule: · AWG: 2 x 24...20 · mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 2 stranded cables with twin ferrule · AWG: 2 x 24...18 · mm2: 2 x 0.24...1 · AWG: 2 x 24...20 · mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 · AWG: 2 x 24...20 · mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 35012474.18 41 Discrete Input/Output Modules Minimum individual wire size in stranded cables when a ferrule is not used Screw Clamp Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 2010 · AWG: 30 · mm2: 0.0507 General Rules for Installing the Modules Caged Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 2000 · AWG: 30 · mm2: 0.0507 Spring Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 2020 · AWG: 30 · mm2: 0.0507 Wiring constraints Screw tightening torque Screw clamps have slots that accept: · Flat-tipped screwdrivers with a diameter of 5 mm. · Pozidriv PZ1 or Philips PH1 cross-tipped screwdrivers. Screw clamp terminal blocks have captive screws. On the supplied blocks, these screws are not tightened. Caged terminal blocks have slots that accept: · Flat-tipped screwdrivers with a diameter of 3 mm. Caged terminal blocks have captive screws. On the supplied blocks, these screws are not tightened. The wires are connected by pressing the button located next to each pin. To press the button, use a flat-tipped screwdriver with a maximum diameter of 3 mm. 0.5 N·m (0.37 lbf-ft) 0.4 N·m (0.30 lbf-ft) Not applicable Connection of 20-pin Terminal Blocks DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the terminal block. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. 42 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the method for opening the 20-pin terminal block door so that it can be wired: NOTE: The connection cable is installed and held in place by a cable clamp positioned below the 20-pin terminal block. Labeling of 20-pin Terminal Blocks Labels for the 20-pin terminal blocks are supplied with the module. They are to be inserted in the terminal block cover by the customer. Each label has two sides: · One side that is visible from the outside when the cover is closed. This side features the commercial product references, an abbreviated description of the module, as well as a blank section for customer labeling. · One side that is visible from the inside when the cover is open. This side shows the terminal block connection diagram. 40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40·0 At a Glance There are two versions, available in two types of 40-pin terminal blocks: 35012474.18 43 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules Standard version Hardened version · BMX FTB 4000 caged terminal block · BMX FTB 4020 spring terminal block · BMX FTB 4000H caged terminal block with gold plating · BMX FTB 4020H spring terminal block with gold plating The hardened version of the terminal blocks are only dedicated to the hardened version of the modules. NOTE: If you mix hardened and standard versions when fitting the terminal block to the module, there is a risk of terminal pin corrosion and a signal deviation. WARNING UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION · Do not use the hardened version of the terminal block with a standard module. · Do not use the standard version of the terminal block with a hardened module. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. There are also preassembled cordsets with a BMX FTB 4020 terminal block at one end and flying leads at the other. The cordsets are available under reference BMX FTW ··5, page 55. Cable Ends and Contacts The 40-pin terminal blocks are designed for only one wire or one cable end. Each terminal block can accommodate: · Bare wires: Solid conductor Stranded cable · Wires with ferrule (DZ5CE····/DZ5CA···· single type cable ends): NOTE: When using stranded cable, Schneider Electric strongly recommends the use of wire ferrules which are fitted with an appropriate crimping tool. 44 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Jumper bar To facilitate the wiring, a 20-pin jumper bar with plastic handle is provided with 40-pin caged screw terminal block BMX FTB 4000: The following graphic shows an example of using the jumper bar for non-isolated wiring channel 0-2 with on a BMX DRC 0805 module: 1 Jumper bar 2 to common CAUTION UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Do not exceed the maximum capability of a single point of the terminal block when using it to carry the whole common current: · 10 A maximum for a single point of the BMXFTB4000 terminal block · 8 A maximum for a single point of the BMXFTB4020 terminal block Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. Description of the 40-pin Terminal Blocks The following table describes the type of wires that fit each terminal block and the associated gauge range, wiring constraints, and tightening torque: 35012474.18 45 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration General Rules for Installing the Modules Caged Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 4000 Spring Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 4020 1 solid conductor 1 stranded cable 1 stranded cable with ferrule Minimum individual wire size in stranded cables when a ferrule is not used · AWG: 26...18 · mm2: 0.13...1 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 · AWG: 30 · mm2: 0.0507 · AWG: 26...18 · mm2: 0.13...1 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 · AWG: 22...18 · mm2: 0.34...1 · AWG: 30 · mm2: 0.0507 46 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Wiring constraints Screw tightening torque Discrete Input/Output Modules Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks BMX FTB 4000 BMX FTB 4020 Caged terminal blocks have slots that accept: · Flat-tipped screwdrivers with a diameter of 3 mm. Caged terminal blocks have captive screws. On the supplied blocks, these screws are not tightened. The wires are connected by pressing the button located next to each pin. To press the button, use a flat-tipped screwdriver with a maximum diameter of 3 mm. 0.4 N·m (0.30 lbf-ft) Not applicable Connection of 40-pin Terminal Blocks DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the terminal block. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. 35012474.18 47 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules The following diagram shows the method for opening the terminal block cover so that it can be wired. The connection cable is installed and held in place by cable clamps positioned below the terminal block. NOTE: For installation where vibration can occur, do not let the cable loose from movement. Tighten cable to the bar of the shielding connection kit BMXXSP··00 or to rear mounting plate using cable clamp. Labeling the Terminal Blocks The labels for the terminal blocks are supplied with the module. They are to be inserted in the terminal block cover by the customer. Each label has two sides: · One side that is visible from the outside when the cover is closed. This side features the commercial product references, an abbreviated description of the module, as well as a blank section for customer labeling. · One side that is visible from the inside when the cover is open. This side shows the terminal block connection diagram. 48 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX FTW ··1 Cable Introduction 20-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators or terminals using a cable designed to enable direct wire to wire transition of the module's inputs/outputs. WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Use only a connector that is designed for a specific module. Plugging the wrong connector can cause an unexpected behavior of the application. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. BMX FTW ··1 Cable Description The BMX FTW ·01 cables are pre-assembled cord set, made up of: · At one end, a compound-filled 20-pin BMX FTB 2020 terminal block from which extend 1 cable sheath containing 20 wires, · At the other end, free wire ends differentiated by color code. 35012474.18 49 Discrete Input/Output Modules The figure below shows the BMX FTW ·01 cables: General Rules for Installing the Modules 1 BMX FTB 2020 Terminal block 2 First of external sheath 3 Wires not stripped 4 Strand of nylon allowing the cable sheath to be stripped easily. L Length according to the part number. The connection cables come in three different lengths: · 3 m (9.84 ft): BMX FTW 301 · 5 m (16.40 ft): BMX FTW 501 · 10 m (32.80 ft): BMX FTW 1001 50 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Connection of BMX FTW ··1 Cables The following diagram shows the connection of the BMX FTW ··1 cable: BMX FTW ··1 Cables Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics: Characteristics Cable Conductor description Sheath material LSZH status Number of conductors Gauge Material Values PVC No 20 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Tinned copper 35012474.18 51 Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Environmental Applicable standards Operating temperature General Rules for Installing the Modules Values -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F) DIN47100 Cable Installation DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the terminal block. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. The following diagram shows the pre-assembled cable connected to the module: For more detailed information, refer to the topic Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module, page 57. 52 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX FTW ··5 Cable Introduction 40-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators or terminals using a cable designed to enable direct wire to wire transition of the module's inputs/outputs. WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Use only a connector that is designed for a specific module. Plugging the wrong connector can cause an unexpected behavior of the application. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. BMX FTW ··5 Cable Description The BMX FTW ··5 cables are pre-assembled cord set, made up of: · At one end, a compound-filled 40-pin BMX FTB 4020 terminal block (non-gold plated spring terminal block) from which extend 1 cable sheath containing 40 wires, · At the other end, free wire ends differentiated by color code. NOTE: This preassembled cordset is only dedicated to standard module version. WARNING UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Do not use BMX FTW ··5 cable with hardened module. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 53 Discrete Input/Output Modules The figure below shows the BMX FTW ·05 cables: General Rules for Installing the Modules 1 BMX FTB 4020 Terminal block 2 First of external sheath 3 Wires not stripped 4 Strand of nylon allowing the cable sheath to be stripped easily. L Length according to the part number. The connection cables come in two different lengths: · 3 m (9.84 ft): BMX FTW 305 · 5 m (16.40 ft): BMX FTW 505 54 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Connection of BMX FTW ··5 Cables The following diagram shows the connections and the color-coded according to DIN47100: BMX FTW ··5 Cables Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics: Characteristics Cable Sheath material Values PVC 35012474.18 55 Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Application type Conductor description Electrical Environmental Applicable standards LSZH status Maximum voltage Number of conductors Gauge Material Maximum current Dielectric withstand Operating temperature General Rules for Installing the Modules Values No 300 Vrms 40 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Tinned copper 2 A below 30 °C (86 °F) 0.8 A below 70 °C (158 °F) 2500 V for 1 min. -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F) DIN47100 BMX FTW ··5 Cables Installation DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or disconnection of the terminal block. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. 56 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the pre-assembled cable connected to the module: For more detailed information, refer to the topic Fitting a 40-pin Terminal Block to a Module, page 62. NOTE: For installation where vibration can occur, do not let the BMX FTW ··5 cable loose from movement. Tighten cable to the bar of the shielding connection kit BMXXSP··00 or to rear mounting plate using cable clamp. Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module At a Glance The modules with 20-pin terminal block connections require the terminal block to be connected to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below. 35012474.18 57 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Terminal block must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-actuator voltage switched off. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION EQUIPMENT DAMAGE Do not plug an AC terminal block into a DC module. This will cause damage to the module. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. Installing the Terminal Block The following table shows the procedure for assembling the 20-pin terminal block onto a discrete input/output module. Assembly Procedure 58 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Step 1 2 Action Once the module is in place on the rack, install the terminal block by inserting the terminal block encoder (the rear lower part of the terminal) into the module's encoder (the front lower part of the module), as shown above. NOTE: The module connector have indicators which show the proper direction to use for terminal block installation. Fix the terminal block to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the lower and upper parts of the terminal block. Tightening torque: 0.4 N·m (0.30 lbf-ft). NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly fixed to the module. Coding the 20-Pin Terminal Block WARNING UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOUR OF APPLICATION · Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. · Plugging the wrong connector could cause unexpected behaviour of the application. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. CAUTION DESTRUCTION OF THE MODULE · Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. · Plugging the wrong connector could cause the module to be destroyed. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. When a 20-pin terminal block is installed on a module dedicated to this type of terminal block, you can code the terminal block and the module using studs. The purpose of the studs is to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. Incorrect insertion can then be avoided when replacing a module. Coding is done by the user with the STB XMP 7800 guidance wheel's studs. You can only fill the 6 slots in the middle of the left side (as seen from the wiring side) of the terminal block, and can fill the module's 6 guidance slots on the left side. 35012474.18 59 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules To fit the terminal block to the module, a module slot with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the terminal block, or a terminal block with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the module. You can fill up to and including either of the 6 available slots as desired. The diagram below shows a guidance wheel as well as the slots on the module used for coding the 20-pin terminal blocks. 60 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The diagram below shows an example of a coding configuration that makes it possible to fit the terminal block to the module. The diagram below shows an example of coding configuration with which it is not possible to fit the terminal block to the module. 35012474.18 61 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module At a Glance The modules with 40-pin terminal block connections require the terminal block to be connected to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Terminal blocks must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-actuator voltage switched off. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION EQUIPMENT DAMAGE Do not plug an AC terminal block into a DC module. This will cause damage to the module. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. Installing the 40-Pin Terminal Block The following table shows the procedure for assembling the 40-pin terminal block onto a discrete input/output module. 62 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Assembly Procedure Step 1 2 Action Once the module is in place on the rack, install the terminal block by inserting the terminal block encoder (the rear lower part of the terminal) into the module's encoder (the front lower part of the module), as shown above. NOTE: The module connector have indicators which show the proper direction to use for terminal block installation. Fix the terminal block to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the lower and upper parts of the terminal block. Tightening torque: 0.4 N·m (0.30 lbf-ft). NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly fixed to the module. Coding the 40-Pin Terminal Block WARNING UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOUR OF APPLICATION · Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. · Plugging the wrong connector could cause unexpected behaviour of the application. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. CAUTION DESTRUCTION OF THE MODULE · Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. · Plugging the wrong connector could cause the module to be destroyed. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. When a 40-pin terminal block is installed on a module dedicated to this type of terminal block, you can code the terminal block and the module using studs. The purpose of the studs is to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on another module. Incorrect insertion can then be avoided when replacing a module. 35012474.18 63 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules Coding is done by the user with the STB XMP 7800 guidance wheel's studs. You can only fill the 12 slots in the middle of the left side (as seen from the wiring side) of the terminal block, and can fill the module's 12 guidance slots on the left side. To fit the terminal block to the module, a module slot with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the terminal block, or a terminal block with a stud must correspond to an empty slot in the module. You can fill up to and including either of the 12 available slots as desired. 64 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The diagram below shows a guidance wheel as well as the slots on the module used for coding the 40-pin terminal blocks. 1 Guidance wheel 2 Detachable stud 35012474.18 65 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules 3 Guidance slots The diagram below shows an example of a coding configuration that makes it possible to fit the terminal block to the module. The diagram below shows an example of coding configuration with which it is not possible to fit the terminal block to the module. 66 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module At a Glance The modules with 40-pin FCN type connections require the latter to be connected to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described below. DANGER ELECTRICAL SHOCK FCN type connector must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-actuator voltage switched off. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION EQUIPMENT DAMAGE Do not plug an AC connector on a DC module. This would cause equipment damage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. Installing the Connector The following table shows the procedure for assembling the connector onto modules: Assembly procedure: 35012474.18 67 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules Step 1 2 Action Once the module is in place on the rack, insert the FCN connector of the cable into the module's connector, as shown above. Fix the connector to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the lower and upper parts of the terminal block. Tightening torque: 0.4 N·m (0.30 lbf-ft). NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block will not be properly fixed to the module. Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators At a Glance The different choices of power supply for sensors and pre-actuators linked to discrete input/ output modules require certain usage precautions to be observed. External Direct Current Power Supplies WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION When using an external 24 VDC direct current power supply, use either: regulated power supplies or non-regulated power supplies with: · filtering of 1000 F/A with full-wave single phase rectification and 500 F/A with tri- phase rectification · a 5% maximum peak to peak ripple rate · a maximum voltage variation of: -20% to +25% of the nominal voltage (including ripple) Rectified power supplies with no filtering are prohibited. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 68 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Ni-Cad Battery Power Supplies Ni-Cad battery power supplies can be used to power sensors and pre-actuators and all associated inputs/outputs that have a normal operating voltage of 30 VDC maximum. While being charged, this type of battery can reach, for a duration of one hour, a voltage of 34 VDC. For this reason, all input/output modules with an operating voltage of 24 VDC can withstand this voltage (34 VDC) for up to one hour every 24 hours. This type of operation entails the following restrictions: · at 34 VDC, the maximum current withstood by the outputs must under no circumstances exceed the maximum current defined for a voltage of 30 VDC · temperature downgrading imposes the following restrictions: 80% of inputs/outputs at 1 up to 30°C 50% of inputs/outputs at 1 up to 60°C CAUTION OVERHEATING HAZARD Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. External AC Current Power Supplies All BMXDAI····, BMXDAO····, BMXDRA····, and BMXDRC···· modules are designed for a use in zone A and B defined in the PLC standard IEC 61131-2 and the generic EMC standard IEC 61000-6-2 without any specific protection against surges. 35012474.18 69 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules The following figure shows the zones defined in the PLC standard IEC 61131-2: Zone A Local power distribution Zone B Dedicated power distribution Zone C Factory mains 1 Protection network should be appropriate to reduce Severity Levels from those of outdoor to Zone B. 2 Protection network should be appropriate to reduce Severity Levels from those of Zone A to Zone B It is also suited to be installed in a power generation station/substation according to the generic standard IEC 61000-6-5 for interfaces type 1 and 2, without any specific protection against surges. 70 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following figure shows the interface types defined in the generic standard IEC 61000-65: 1 Inside protected area 2 Inside interface and/or control room and/or process area not involved in the electrical process 3 Inside or from process area involved in the electrical process 4 Connections from outside (HV area and external telecommunication) Protection Against Surges of AC Power Lines for More Severe Environments The design of these modules are suited to ensure an immunity level for surges of 2 kV Line to ground and 1 kV line to line and do not require any external protection on AC line branch. If it is intended to install the PLC and its AC I/Os in a IEC 61131-2 zone C or to a IEC 610006-5 type 3 or type 4 interface: primary protection provided only and severe interference coupling, it is the responsibility of the system integrator or the customer to take care of the system and protect it in the right manner. It is possible, providing mitigation measures, to install the PLC and the IO module in a such environment. All the installation requirements are detailed in the chapter J - Overvoltage protection of the Schneider Electrical Installation Guide. This documentation is available for download on www.se.com. Adding a type 2/class II surge protection device (SPD), for example an iQuick PRD20r modular surge arrester with voltage protection level (Up) 1.5 kV, will allow to withstand surges of 4 kV Line to ground and 2 kV line to line. 35012474.18 71 Discrete Input/Output Modules Wiring Precautions General Rules for Installing the Modules At a Glance Discrete inputs/outputs feature protective measures which ensure a high resistance to industrial environmental conditions. Nevertheless, the rules described below must be followed. External Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators Use quick-blow fuses to protect external sensor and pre-actuator power supplies associated with discrete input/output modules against short-circuits and overloads. For 40-pin connector discrete input/output modules, link the sensor/pre-actuator power supply to each connector, except in the event where the corresponding channels are not in use and are not assigned to any task. DANGER IMPROPER GROUNDING HAZARD Install the 24V supply according to applicable codes. The 0V terminals of the 24V power supplies must be connected to metallic ground and safety ground as close as possible to the supply. This is to ensure personnel safety in the event of a power phase coming into contact with the 24V supply. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. NOTE: If an input/ouput module is present on the PLC, connect the sensor and preactuator power supply to the power supply of the module otherwise, an external power supply error occurs causing the input/output LED to flash. Inputs Recommendations for use concerning the inputs of discrete modules are as follows: · for 24 VDC inputs and line coupling with an alternating current network: 72 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION · Avoid excessive coupling between AC cables and cables relaying signals intended for direct current inputs. · Follow the cable routing rules. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. This case (excessive coupling) is illustrated in the following circuit diagram. When the input contact is open, the alternating currents may induce a current in the input which might cause it to be set to 1. For a 240 VAC/50 Hz line coupling, do not exceed the line capacitance values given in the summary table at the end of this section. For a coupling with a different voltage, use the following formula: · for 24 to 240 VAC inputs and line coupling: When the line that controls the input is open, the current passes according to the coupling capacitance of the cable (see circuit diagram below). 35012474.18 73 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules Do not exceed the line capacitance values given in the summary table below. The following summary table shows the acceptable line capacitance values. Module Maximum coupling capacitance 24 to 125 VDC inputs BMX DDI 1602 45 nF (1) BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 1604T BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDI 3202 K 25 nF (1) BMX DDI 6402 K BMX DDM 3202 K 24 to 140 VAC inputs BMX DAI 0805 50 nF BMX DAI 1615 BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 50 nF 60 nF 74 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Maximum coupling capacitance BMX DAI 0814 70 nF BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1604 (1) max. admissible coupling capacitance with a 240 VAC / 50 Hz linemax. admissible coupling capacitance with a 240 VAC / 50 Hz line Example: A standard cable of 1 m in length has a coupling capacity that falls within 100 and 150 pF. Outputs For the outputs of discrete I/O modules, follow the recommendations described here. WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Use wires of a sufficient diameter to avoid drops in voltage, overheating, and unexpected equipment operation. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Cable Routing WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Observe the precautions below for the wiring system. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Precautions for use to be taken concerning the wiring system are as follows: · in order to reduce the number of alternating couplings, separate the power circuit cables (power supplies, power switches, etc.) from input cables (sensors) and output cables (pre-actuators) both inside and outside the equipment · outside the equipment, place the cables leading to inputs/outputs in covers that make them easily distinguishable from those containing wires relaying high energy levels. 35012474.18 75 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules Place them in separate metal cableways which are grounded. Route these various cables at least 100 mm (4 in.) apart How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules Introduction 40-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators, or terminals using a cable designed to enable trouble-free direct wire to wire transition of the module's inputs/ outputs. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, ARC FLASH OR EXPLOSION 40-pin connectors must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-actuator voltage switched off. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. The following diagram shows the connection of the cable to the module. 76 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION During the installation process, ensure that the connectors are identified with the corresponding modules so that incorrect connection cannot occur. Plugging the wrong connector into a module will result in unexpected equipment operation. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. BMX FCW ··· Connection Cables They are made up of: · at one end, a compound-filled 40-pin connector from which extend 1 or 2 cable sheaths, each containing 20 wires with a cross-sectional area of 0.34 mm2 (AWG 22) · at the other end, free wire ends color coded The cables with 1 cable sheath containing 20 wires designed to connect the 40-pin connectors to the sensors or pre-actuators come in 3 different lengths: · 3 meters: BMX FCW 301 · 5 meters: BMX FCW 501 · 10 meters: BMX FCW 1001 35012474.18 77 Discrete Input/Output Modules The figure below shows the BMX FCW ··1 cables. General Rules for Installing the Modules The cables with 2 cable sheaths containing 20 wires designed to connect the 40-pin connectors to the sensors or pre-actuators come in 3 different lengths: · 3 meters: BMX FCW 303 · 5 meters: BMX FCW 503 · 10 meters: BMX FCW 1003 The figure below shows the BMX FCW ··3 cables. NOTE: A strand of nylon incorporated in the cable allows the cable sheath to be stripped with ease. 78 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules NOTE: The maximum torque for tightening BMX FCW ··· cable connection screws is 0.8 N·m (0.59 lb-ft). WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Do not exceed the maximum tightening torque. Excessive torque may result in wire breakage, resulting in poor or intermittent connection. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 79 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules Connection of BMX FCW ··· Cables The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCW ··1 cables: 80 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCW ··3 cables: BMX FCW ··· Cables Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics: Characteristics Cable Conductor description Sheath material LSZH status Number of conductors Gauge Material Values PVC No · 20 for BMX FCW ··1 · 40 for BMX FCW ··3 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Tinned copper 35012474.18 81 Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Environmental Applicable standards Operating temperature General Rules for Installing the Modules Values -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F) DIN47100 How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces At a Glance The inputs/outputs of discrete 40-pin connector modules are connected to TELEFAST quick-wiring connection and adaptation interfaces using specific cables for 40-pin to HE10 connectors. Illustration The drawing below shows the connection of a discrete 40-pin connector module to a TELEFAST interface. 82 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX FCC ··· Connection Cables The cables designed for connecting 40-pin connectors to 1xHE10 come in 6 different lengths: · 0.5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 051 · 1 meter, 20 wires: BMX FCC 101 · 2 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 201 · 3 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 301 · 5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 501 · 10 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 1001 The cables designed for connecting 40-pin connectors to 2xHE10 come in 6 different lengths: · 0.5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 053 · 1 meter, 20 wires: BMX FCC 103 · 2 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 203 · 3 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 303 · 5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 503 · 10 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 1003 35012474.18 83 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules 84 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Connection of BMX FCC ··· Cables The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCC ··1 cables. 35012474.18 85 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCC ··3 cables. NOTE: The maximum torque for tightening BMX FCC ··· cable connection screws is 0,5 N·m (0.37 lb-ft). WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Do not exceed the maximum tightening torque. Excessive torque may result in wire breakage, resulting in poor or intermittent connection. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 86 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules BMX FCC ··· Cables Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics: Characteristics Cable Conductor description Sheath material LSZH status Number of conductors Environmental Applicable standards Gauge Material Operating temperature Discrete Input/Output Modules Values PVC No · 20 for BMX FCC ··1 · 40 for BMX FCC ··3 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Tinned copper -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F) DIN47100 Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output Compatibility At a Glance The compatibility between sensors and discrete module inputs depends on the type of sensor used. Similarly, the compatibility between pre-actuators and discrete module outputs depends on the type of pre-actuator used. Sensor/Input Compatibility The following table presents the compatibility between 3-wire sensors and 24 VDC and 48 VDC inputs. 35012474.18 87 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules 3-wire sensors and IEC 61131-2 compliant type 3 positive logic (sink) inputs: all 3-wire PNP inductive or capacitive proximity sensors and photo-electric detectors which have an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC are compatible with all positive logic inputs. 3-wire sensors and negative logic (source) inputs: all 3-wire NPN inductive or capacitive proximity sensors and photo-electric detectors which have an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC are compatible with all negative logic inputs. The following table presents the compatibility between 2-wire sensors and 24 VDC and 48 VDC inputs. 2-wire sensors and IEC 61131-2 compliant type 1 positive logic (sink) inputs: all proximity sensors or other 2-wire sensors with an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC and with the characteristics described in the next table are compatible with all positive logic 24 VDC inputs. 2-wire sensors and negative logic (source) inputs: all proximity sensors or other 2-wire sensors with an operating voltage of 24 VDC are compatible with all negative logic 24 VDC inputs. Compatibility between 2-wire sensors and 24/48 VAC and 120 VAC inputs: 88 35012474.18 General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules All IEC 60947-5-2 compliant 2-wire AC proximity sensors able to withstand 100...120 VAC are compatible with all IEC 61131-2 type 1 and type 3 compliant 110...20 VAC inputs. The following tables provide a summary of compatibility between sensors and discrete input/ output module inputs. Types of proximity sensor All PNP-type 3-wire (DC) proximity sensors All NPN-type 3-wire (DC) proximity sensors Telemecanique or other brand 2-wire (DC) proximity sensors with the following characteristics: · Voltage drop in closed state 7 V · Minimum switched current 2.5 mA · Residual current in open state 1.5 mA Telemecanique or other brand 2-wire (DC) proximity sensors with the following characteristics: · Voltage drop in closed state 4 V · Minimum switched current 1 mA · Residual current in open state 0.5 mA X compatible - not compatible DC DC voltage operation Types of input 24 VDC 48 VDC Positive logic Type 1 Positive logic X X - - - X 24 VDC Type 3 Positive logic X - X 24/48 VDC Negative logic X - X X X - Types of proximity sensor Types of input 24 VAC 48 VAC 100-120 VAC Type 1 Type 3 Type 3 2-wire (AC/DC) proximity sensor (see note) X X X 2-wire (AC) proximity sensor X X X X compatible AC AC voltage operation AC/DC AC or DC voltage operation NOTE: 24 VDC inputs can be used in positive (sink) or negative (source) logic but are not IEC compliant. 35012474.18 89 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules Compatibility of Pre-Actuators with Outputs Compatibility of DC Pre-actuators with Outputs: Comply with the output's maximum current and maximum switching frequency as specified in the module characteristics. NOTE: Where low consumption pre-actuators are used, special attention must be paid to the leakage current of the idle output, to ensure that the maximum current is correctly calculated: I max = I nominal + I leakage Given that: I nominal = Current required to operate by the pre-actuator I leakage = Maximum leakage current in idle output state Compatibility of Tungsten Filament Lamps and Static Outputs (Static Current): For outputs with protection against short circuits, the maximum power of the tungsten filament lamps specified in the module characteristics must comply. If not, the lamp's pick-up current might cause a tripped output at the time of power-up. Compatibility of AC Pre-actuators and Relay Outputs: Inductive AC pre-actuators have a pick-up current of up to 10 times their holding current for a duration of 2/F seconds (F = alternating current frequency). Relay outputs are therefore set to withstand these conditions (AC14 and AC15). The table of characteristics for relay outputs gives the maximum authorized running power (in AV) according to the number of operations. CAUTION SHORTENED RELAY LIFE Ensure that currents switched by the relay outputs do not exceed the relay ratings. Excessive currents will shorten relay life. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 90 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing What's in This Chapter General Protective Measures....................................................91 Module and Channel Status Display ..........................................92 Diagnostics .............................................................................96 Checking the Connection..........................................................99 Subject of this Section This section explains the processing of hardware detected faults related to discrete input/ output modules. General Protective Measures At a Glance Some general protective measures are integrated into the channels of discrete input/ouput direct current modules. DC Outputs Every static output (except where specifically labeled "Non-Protected"), features a protective device which allows the following to be detected when an output is active: · An overload or short circuit. Events such as these cause the output to be deactivated (tripped) and the event to be indicated on the display on the front panel of the module (the LED corresponding to the channel flashes, the I/O LED comes on). · Reversal of polarity. An event such as this causes the power supply to short circuit without damaging the module. In order to obtain optimal protection, a quick-blow fuse must be installed on the power supply and upstream from the pre-actuators. · Inductive overvoltage. Each output is individually protected against inductive overvoltage and has a fast electro-magnet demagnetization circuit using a zener diode which allows the mechanical cycle of certain fast machines to be reduced. 35012474.18 91 Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing DC Inputs 24 VDC and 48 VDC inputs are of constant current type. The input current is constant for a voltage greater than: · 15 V for 24 VDC inputs · 25 V for the 48 VDC inputs This characteristic has the following advantages: · guaranteed minimum current in active state in accordance with IEC standards · limited consumed current when input voltage increases, to avoid the module overheating unnecessarily · reduced consumed current to the power supply sensor supplied by the PLC power supply or a process power supply Module and Channel Status Display At a Glance The discrete I/O modules are equipped with a display block featuring LEDs that displays the module's channels status the overall module status. Illustration The figure below shows the position of the channel status display LEDs as well as the 3 (or 4) module status LEDs, on the front panel of the discrete I/O modules. 92 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules Description The following table explains how the LEDs located on the discrete I/O display block operate. LEDs Continually Lit Flashing Off RUN module operating normally N/A module inoperative or off (green) ERR (red) internal event: Module analysis needed Communication loss between the discrete module and the CPU no detected internal error I/O (red) external event: overload, short circuit, sensor/pre-actuator voltage error Terminal block incorrectly wired no detected external error +32 selection of channels 32 to 63 N/A selection of channels 0 to 31 Green Channel status channel at 1 channel error, overload, short channel at 0 circuit, or open wire detected(1) (1) When channel status is open wire detected, the flashing timing is the following: · 64 ms ON · 64 ms OFF · 64 ms ON · 2000 ms OFF NOTE: The +32 LED is only present on the 64-channel modules. It is enabled/disabled with a push-button located on the top of the module. By default, the first 32 channels are displayed. NOTE: For a mixed input/output module, the first line of channel status LEDs represents the inputs (for example, for a mixed 16 input/16 output module, LEDs 0 to 15 represent the inputs and LEDs 16 to 31 represent the outputs). 35012474.18 93 Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing NOTE: After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the following modules switch on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's: · BMX DDI 1602 · BMX DDI 1603 · BMX DDI 1604T · BMX DDI 3202K · BMX DDI 6402K · BMX DDM 16022 · BMX DDM 3202K · BMX DDM 16025 WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Display Panels When a voltage is present on an input or output, the corresponding LED is lit. Display of internal or external events is only effective once the module has been configured. After powering-up or a cold start, all the LEDs flash twice (for 2 seconds) to show that the module is operational. When an event is detected, the channel status is recorded until the cause of the event is cleared. There are several display blocks depending on the type of discrete I/O module. 94 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Modules BMX DAI 0805 BMX DAI 0814 BMX DRA 0804T BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 0815 BMX DRC 0805 BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 1604T BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1604 BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1615 BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DRA 1605 BMX DAO 1605 BMX DAO 1615 BMX DDI 3203 BMX DDI 3232 BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDM 3202 K BMX DDM 16022(1) BMX DDM 16025(1) Display Panel illustration Discrete Input/Output Modules Description These modules have: · 3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR - I/O · 8 channel status LEDs These modules have: · 3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR - I/O · 16 channel status LEDs These modules have: · 3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR - I/O · 32 channel status LEDs 35012474.18 95 Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules BMX DDI 6402 K BMX DDO 6402 K Display Panel illustration Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Description These modules have: · 3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR - I/O · a +32 LED to display channels 32 to 63 · 32 channel status LEDs · a switch to display channels 32 to 63 ( 1) The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 mixed input/output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23. Diagnostics At a Glance The diagnostics function detects any conditions that may affect module operation. Three diagnostic groups can be identified: · internal events · external events · other events Internal Events Internal events concern all internal module conditions and all communication loss occurrences that prevent a discrete input/output module from operating correctly. A communication loss can be caused by: · a hardware detected fault at rack bus level · a processor malfunction or power cable circuit open or short · a power cable circuit open or short External Events External events include: · Overload and Short-Circuit: Static output modules contain a device for checking the load status. In the event of an overload or short-circuit of one or more outputs, they are 96 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules tripped to open circuit. The status will be shown on the front panel of the module - the LEDs corresponding to the tripped outputs will flash and the red I/O LED will light up. · Sensor Voltage Error: All input modules contain a device for checking sensor voltage for all module channels. This device checks that sensor and module power supply voltages are of a sufficiently high level for correct operation of the module's input channels. When sensor voltage is less than or equal to the defined threshold, the status is shown by the I/O LED lighting up on front panel of the module. · Pre-actuator Voltage Error: All 24 VDC and 48 VDC transistor output modules contain a device for checking the pre-actuator voltage of all module channels. This device checks that pre-actuator and module power supply voltages are of a sufficiently high level for correct operation of the module's output channels. This voltage must be greater than 18 V (24 VDC supply) or 36 V (48 VDC supply) for modules with direct current static outputs. In the event of pre-actuator voltage being less than or equal to this threshold, the error is shown by the I/O LED lighting up on the front panel of the module. · Open wire Error: Some modules (for example BMXDAI1614/DAI1615) can detect the open wire error by checking the leakage current in the loop. In order to get the appropriate leakage current, an external resistor might be required. See details in the characteristic page of the specific module. NOTE: The sensor/pre-actuator voltage check is unique to terminal block modules. In 32 or 64-channel connector modules, there is one checking device per connector (equivalent to one per group of 16 channels). A sensor or pre-actuator voltage error leads to all the inputs and outputs of the group affected by the error (i.e. groups of 8 or 16 channels for a terminal block module and the group of 16 channels for a 32 or 64-channel connector module) to be set to inactive. After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. NOTE: Relay output modules do not contain pre-actuator voltage checking devices. 35012474.18 97 Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Other Events The other errors category includes loss of power to the modules. Description The following table can be used to determine the module's status on the basis of the LEDs located on the discrete input/output modules' display panel. State of module Normal operation LEDs RUN (green) ERR (red) I/O (red) Internal events Module analysis needed CPU communication interruption External events Overload, short circuit, sensor/preactuator voltage error, open wire Configuration Self-test of the module at start-up Not configured module Other events Module loss of power Key: LED on LED flashing LED off 98 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules NOTE: After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the following modules switch on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's: · BMX DDI 1602 · BMX DDI 1603 · BMX DDI 1604T · BMX DDI 3202K · BMX DDI 6402K · BMX DDM 16022 · BMX DDM 3202K · BMX DDM 16025 WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Checking the Connection At a Glance In order to check the discrete I/O connection, ensure that: · sensor data is registered by the corresponding inputs and by the processor · control orders from the processor are registered by the outputs and transmitted to the corresponding pre-actuators 35012474.18 99 Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Active outputs can activate machine movements. All power must be turned off before this check is carried out: 1. remove power fuses from the motor controls 2. turn off the power of hydraulic and pneumatic units 3. power up the PLC fitted with its Discrete I/O modules Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Description After this, it is possible to check the connection of the Discrete I/O modules: · without a terminal: activate each sensor and check whether the corresponding input LED changes. If it remains unchanged, check the wiring and correct operation of the sensor. · with a terminal (more in-depth check on the connection of the inputs/outputs). An application with configured I/Os in the PLC is required, even if it is empty (in that case, do not declare any module in the `FAST task'). This check can be carried out with the PLC in RUN mode, from a PC equipped with Control Expert software giving access to debug functions. This check can also be carried out with an entire application loaded in the memory. In this case, stop the processing of the program by de-activating the MAST, FAST and event , page 350tasks by setting system bits %S30, %S31, and %S38 to 0. Input Check The following table shows the procedure for checking input connections. Step 1 2 Action Activate each sensor and check that the corresponding input LED changes status. Check on the terminal screen that the corresponding input bit (%I·) also changes status. 100 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules Output Check The following table shows the procedure for checking output connections. Step 1 2 Action From the terminal, set each bit (%Q·) that corresponds to an output to 1 then 0. Check that the corresponding output LED turns on then off and that the corresponding preactuator activates then de-activates. 35012474.18 101 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 102 Characteristics....................................................................... 103 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 105 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDI 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DDI 1602 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDI 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 102 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules Illustration Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 1602 and BMX DDI 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1602 and BMX DDI 1602H modules: Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1602H Voltage Current At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Current 24 VDC positive logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 24 VDC 3.5 mA 11 V > 2 mA (for U 11 V) 5V < 1.5 mA 35012474.18 103 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules Sensor supply (including ripple for standard module) 19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/ day) Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 k Response time Typical 4 ms Reliability Maximum MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) 7 ms 738 749 Reverse polarity Protected Fuse type Input type Internal External None 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A Current sink Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 87 Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Paralleling of inputs(1) Yes Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK Error > 18 VDC < 14 VDC Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms 8 ms < T < 30 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA Sensor supply consumption Power dissipation Maximum Typical Maximum 107 mA 46 mA 73 mA 2.5 W max. (1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules for input redundancy. NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1602H, the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed 26.4 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F). 104 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules WARNING OVERHEATING MODULE Do not operate the BMX DDI 1602H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 26.4 V or less than 21.1 V. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDI 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels. 35012474.18 105 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 106 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors. power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A 35012474.18 107 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 108 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 109 Characteristics....................................................................... 110 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 112 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDI 1603 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DDI 1603 module is a 48 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDI 1603H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 1603 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 109 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 1603 and BMX DDI 1603H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1603 and BMX DDI 1603H modules: Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 1603H Voltage Current At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Current 48 VDC positive logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 48 VDC 2.5 mA 34 V > 2 mA (for U 34 V) 10 V < 0.5 mA 110 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Sensor supply (including ripple) 36...60 V Input impedance At nominal U 19.2 k Response time Typical 4 ms Reliability Maximum MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature (30° C) (86°F) 7 ms 738 749 Reverse polarity Protected Fuse type Input type Internal External None Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A Current sink Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 87 Dielectric strength 1 500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Paralleling of inputs(1) Yes Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK Error Sensor voltage: monitoring response On appearance time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) On disappearance > 36 VDC < 24 VDC 1 ms < T < 3 ms 8 ms < T < 30 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA Sensor supply consumption Maximum Typical 107 mA 47 mA Power dissipation Maximum 60 mA 3.6 W max. (1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules for input redundancy. NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1603H, the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed 52.8 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F). 35012474.18 111 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules WARNING OVERHEATING MODULE Do not operate the BMX DDI 1603H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 52.8 V or less than 42.2 V. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDI 1603 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels. 112 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 113 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors. power supply: 48 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A 114 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 115 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 116 Characteristics....................................................................... 117 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 120 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDI 1604T module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. NOTE: There is no H version of this module. Introduction Function The BMX DDI 1604T module is a 125 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors. NOTE: BMX DDI 1604T provides an extended temperature range, as listed in the General Characteristics, page 117 topic of this chapter. Illustration 116 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules Characteristics Discrete Input/Output Modules Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DDI 1604T for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1604T module: Module type Operating temperature Temperature derating Nominal input values Threshold input values Input impedance Response time Reliability Reverse polarity Fuse type Voltage Current At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Current Sensor supply (including ripple for standard module) At nominal U Typical Maximum MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Internal External 125 VDC positive logic inputs -25...70 °C (-13...158 °F) Apply the temperature derating curve (see the graph below the table). 125 VDC 2.4 mA 88 VDC > 2 mA (for U 88 V) 36 VDC < 0.5 mA 100...150 V (156 V including ripple) 50 k 5 ms 9 ms 888 402 Protected None Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A 35012474.18 117 Discrete Input/Output Modules Dielectric strength Resistance of insulation Type of input Paralleling of inputs Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 125 VDC (-20% ... +20%) Power consumption 3.3 V Sensor supply consumption 4-channel at 70°C Sensor supply consumption 8-channel at 60°C Sensor supply consumption 12-channel at 50°C Sensor supply consumption 16-channel at -25...40°C Power dissipation I/O LED off I/O LED on On appearance On disappearance Typical Maximum Typical Maximum Typical Maximum Typical Maximum Typical Maximum Input operating voltage range Maximum input voltage BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules 2500 VDC for 1 min. >10 M (below 500 VDC) Current sink Yes > 100 VDC < 80 VDC 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 5 ms 76 mA 107 mA 1.85 W 2.85 W 3.07 W 4.61 W 4.29 W 6.37 W 5.51 W 8.13 W 3.2 W max. at 70 °C 5.0 W max. at 60 °C 6.7 W max. at 50 °C 8.5 W max. at 40 °C 88...150 VDC 156 VDC (including ripple) 118 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following graph shows the temperature derating of BMX DDI 1604T. NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1604T, the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed 150 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F). WARNING OVERHEATING MODULE Do not operate the BMX DDI 1604T at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 150 V or less than 100 V. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 119 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDI 1604T module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). 120 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 121 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors. Fuse Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. 122 35012474.18 BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 123 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 124 Characteristics....................................................................... 125 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 127 This section presents the BMX DDI 3203 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DDI 3203 module is a 48 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 32-input channels receive current from the sensors. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDI 3203H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 3203 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). Illustration 124 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules Characteristics Discrete Input/Output Modules Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3203 and BMX DDI 3203H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3203 and BMX DDI 3203H modules. Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values Input impedance Response time Reliability Reverse polarity Fuse type Input type BMX DDI 3203 BMX DDI 3203 H Voltage Current At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Current Sensor supply (including ripple) at nominal U typical maximum MTBF in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Internal External 48 VDC positive logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 48 VDC 2.3 mA 30 V > 2 mA (for U 30 V) 10 V < 1.5 mA (for U 10 V) 38...60 V 20.96 k 4 ms 7 ms 706 489 Protected None Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A Current sink 35012474.18 125 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) Type 3 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 87 Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Between channel groups 500 VDC Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Paralleling of inputs(1) Yes Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) OK Error on appearance on disappearance > 36 VDC < 24 VDC 1 ms < T < 3 ms 8 ms < T < 30 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Power consumption 24 V Sensor supply consumption(2) Power dissipation Typical Maximum Typical Maximum Typical Maximum 100 mA 130 mA 110 mA 125 mA 4.6 mA 5.2 mA 6 W max. Temperature derating for BMX DDI 3203 None (1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules for input redundancy. (2) The BMX DDI 3203(H) module has a maximum value of 52.8 V when operated above 60 ºC (140 ºF). WARNING OVERHEATING MODULE Do not operate the BMX DDI 3203 H above 60 °C (140 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 52.8 V. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 126 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDI 3203 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of thirty-two input channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). Fuse + Sensor Sensor supply and voltage monitoring Input %I(0..n) Entry Module 35012474.18 127 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 128 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module. 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A 2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 48 VDC 35012474.18 129 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 130 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 131 Characteristics....................................................................... 132 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 134 This section presents the BMX DDI 3232 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DDI 3232 module is a 12 VDC/24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. It is a positive or negative logic (sink or source) module: its 32-input channels receive current from the sensors. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDI 3232H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 3232 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). Illustration 35012474.18 131 Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3232 and BMX DDI 3232H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3232 and BMX DDI 3232H modules. Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values Input impedance Response time Reliability Reverse polarity Fuse type BMX DDI 3232 BMX DDI 3232H Voltage Current At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Current Sensor supply (including ripple for standard module) At nominal U Typical Maximum MTBF in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Internal External 12 VDC/24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 12 VDC/24 VDC 3.3 mA 10 V (sink) or 10 V (source) 2 mA 5 V (sink) or -5 V (source) 1.5 mA 19...30 V 7.27 k 4 ms 7 ms 700 785 Protected None 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A 132 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Input type Current sink/source IEC 61131-2 compliance (24 VDC input) Type 3 IEC 61131-2 compliance (12 VDC input) -- 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC), page 87 Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Between channel groups 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Paralleling of inputs(1) Yes Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK Error > 19VDC < 14 VDC Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) On appearance On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms 8 ms < T < 30 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Power consumption 24 V Sensor supply consumption(2) Power dissipation Typical Maximum Typical Maximum Typical Maximum 100 mA 130 mA 7.6mA 11.5 mA 110 mA 125 mA 4.7 W max. Temperature derating for BMX DDI 3203 None (1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different modules for input redundancy. NOTE: The power monitoring is effective only when the group input shares the same power supply. The module is able to customize sink/source by channel in case the power supply monitor function is disabled. Refer to the topic , page 135for additional information about usage of the power monitoring function and power supply connections. NOTE: Confirm that the sensor power supply function is disabled in a 12 VDC application. 35012474.18 133 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDI 3232 is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of thirty-two input channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). Fuse + Sensor Sensor supply and voltage monitoring Input %I(0..n) - Entry Module The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (negative logic). 134 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Sensor Discrete Input/Output Modules Sensor supply and voltage monitoring Input %I(0..n) Fuse + Entry Module Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. WARNING EQUIPMENT DAMAGE · Do not connect SPS A/B terminal to more than one power supply. · In case of multiple power supplies in the same group of channels, disconnect SPS A/B terminal and disable the power supply monitoring function. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. The following diagrams show the connection of the module to the sensors: 35012474.18 135 Discrete Input/Output Modules Positive logic (sink) BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Negative logic (source) 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A 2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 12 VDC/24 VDC 136 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows an example of mixed sink/source input: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A 2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 12 VDC/24 VDC 35012474.18 137 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules NOTE: In the above example, inputs of group A are in positive or negative logic (sink or source), whereas inputs of group B are only in positive logic (sink). SPS A and SPS B terminals are not connected and power supply monitoring should be disabled for both groups. Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 138 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 139 Characteristics....................................................................... 140 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 142 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAI 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DAI 1602 module is a 24 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current. This module can also be used with 24 VDC, with positive or negative logic. Ruggedized Version The BMX DAI 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 139 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1602 and BMX DAI 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1602 and BMX DAI 1602H modules: BMX DAI 1602(H) Module Nominal input values Threshold input values At 1 At 0 Frequency Voltage Current Frequency Voltage Current Voltage Current 24 VAC inputs 24 VAC 3 mA 50/60Hz 15 V 2 mA 5V 1 mA 47 Hz to 63 Hz 24 VDC inputs 24 VDC 3.9 mA (n/a) 15 V 2 mA 5V 0.5 mA (n/a) 140 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1602(H) Module 24 VAC inputs 24 VDC inputs Sensor supply (including ripple) 20...26 V 19...30 V Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U) 5 mA (n/a) Input impedance At nominal U and f = 55 Hz 6 k Response time Input type Activation Deactivation 15 ms 20 ms Resistive Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1 (n/a) 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (AC), page 87 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 87 Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 1 307 702 hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Fuse type Internal External Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK Error Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) On disappearance None Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A > 18 V < 14 V 20 ms < T < 50 ms 5 ms < T < 15 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA Sensor supply consumption Maximum Typical 107 mA 1.45 mA Power dissipation Maximum 1.8 mA 3 W max. Operating temperature BMX DAI 1602 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) BMX DAI 1602H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 35012474.18 141 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAI 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input. 142 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection (AC Power Supply) DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 143 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors, using an AC power supply. power supply: 24 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A 144 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection (DC Power Supply) This module can also be used with 24 VDC, with positive or negative logic. DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 145 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors, using a DC power supply. power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A 146 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 147 Characteristics....................................................................... 148 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 150 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAI 1603 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DAI 1603 module is a 48 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DAI 1603H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1603 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 147 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1603 and BMX DAI 1603H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1603 and BMX DAI 1603H modules: Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1603H Voltage Current Frequency At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage 48 VAC inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 48 VAC 5 mA 50/60Hz 34 V 2 mA 10 V 148 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Frequency Current 1 mA 47 Hz to 63 Hz Sensor supply (including ripple) 40...52 V Peak of current on enabling (at 95 mA nominal U) Input impedance At nominal U and f = 55 Hz 9 k Response time Input type Activation Deactivation 10 ms 20 ms Capacitive Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (AC), page 87 Reliability MTBF for continuous operation 1 303 645 in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Fuse type Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) Internal External OK Error On appearance On disappearance None Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A > 36 V < 24 V 20 ms < T < 50 ms 5 ms < T < 15 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA Sensor supply consumption Maximum Typical 107 mA 466 mA Power dissipation Maximum 846 mA 4 W max. 35012474.18 149 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAI 1603 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input. 150 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 151 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors. power supply: 48 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A 152 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 153 Characteristics....................................................................... 154 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 156 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAI 1604 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DAI 1604 module is a 100...120 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DAI 1604H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1604 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 153 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1604 and BMX DAO 1604H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1604 and BMX DAO 1604H modules: Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DAI 1604 BMX DAI 1604H Voltage Current Frequency At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage 100...120 VAC inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 100...120 VAC 5 mA 50/60Hz 74 V 2.5 mA 20 V 154 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Frequency Current 1 mA 47 Hz to 63 Hz Sensor supply (including ripple) 85...132 V Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U) 240 mA Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 13 k Response time Input type Activation Deactivation 10 ms 20 ms Capacitive Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (AC), page 87 Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 1 303 067 hours at ambient temperature 30 ° C (86 °F) Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Fuse type Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) Internal External OK Error on appearance on disappearance None Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A > 82 V < 40 V 20 ms < T < 50 ms 5 ms < T < 15 ms Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA Sensor supply consumption maximum typical 107 mA 228 mA Power dissipation maximum 510 mA 3.8 W max. 35012474.18 155 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAI 1604 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen input channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input. 156 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 157 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors. power supply: 100...120 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A 158 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 159 Characteristics....................................................................... 160 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 164 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 module, their characteristics, and explains how they are connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function of the BMX DAI 1614 Module The BMX DAI 1614 module is a 100...120 VAC discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input isolated channels that operate on alternating current. NOTE: Using the BMX DAI 1614 module in an X80 remote drop requires to use an adapter module BM· CRA 312·· module with firmware version SV2.31 or higher. Function of the BMX DAI 16142 Module The BMX DAI 16142 module is a fine-tuned version of BMX DAI 1614 but with most of its features. BMX DAI 16142 is at the same threshold level as the existing Quantum modules at 60 Hz 100...120 VAC, which is intended to cover the upgrade need of Quantum installed base. Ruggedized Version The BMX DAI 1614H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1614 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 159 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1614, BMX DAI 1614H, and BMX DAI 16142 for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1614H modules: Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1614H Voltage Current Frequency At 1 Voltage Current 100...120 VAC inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 100...120 VAC 10.1 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz 11.9 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz 50/60Hz 79 V 2 mA 160 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules At 0 Voltage Current Frequency Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U) Max channel input voltage Input impedance Response time Input type at nominal U and f = 55 Hz Activation Deactivation Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-52 standard compliant) Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Fuse type Dielectric strength Internal External Channel to X-bus Channel to channel Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus Channel to channel Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) OK Error on appearance on disappearance Power consumption 3.3 V typical Open wire detection: current threshold maximum Ok Error 20 V 1 mA 47...63 Hz 190 mA 132 Vrms @ 63 Hz 14 k 10 ms 20 ms Capacitive Type 1 2-wire (AC), page 87 970 000 None Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. >10 M (below 500 VDC) >10 M (below 500 VDC) > 85 V < 40 V 20 ms < T < 50 ms 5 ms < T < 15 ms 76 mA 126 mA > 0.3 mA < 0.2 mA 35012474.18 161 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Open wire shunt resistor recommendation NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3 mA. Detailed resistor calculation is provided in the section Open Wire Detection Function, page 167. 200 K (1W) Power dissipation 4.3 W max. This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 16142 module: Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values BMX DAI 16142 Voltage Current Threshold input values Frequency At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Max channel input voltage Input impedance Current Frequency Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U) at nominal U Response time Input type Activation Deactivation Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-52 standard compliant) 100...120 VAC inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) 100...120 VAC 10.1 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz 11.9 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz 50/60Hz 85 V @ 47...53 Hz 70 V @ 57...63 Hz 4 mA 55 V @ 47...53 Hz 48 V @ 57...63 Hz 3 mA 47...63 Hz 190 mA 132 Vrms @ 63 Hz 13.0 to 16.2 k @ 47...53 Hz 11.0 to 13.4 k @ 57...63 Hz 10 ms 20 ms Capacitive No type @ 47...53 Hz Type 1 @ 57...63 Hz 2-wire (AC), page 87 162 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) 970 000 Fuse type Dielectric strength Internal External Channel to X-bus None Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Channel to channel 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus > 10 M (below 500 VDC) Channel to channel > 10 M (below 500 VDC) Sensor voltage: monitoring OK threshold > 98 V @ 47...53 Hz > 85 V @ 57...63 Hz Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) Error on appearance on disappearance < 40 V 20 ms < T < 50 ms 5 ms < T < 15 ms Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA maximum 126 mA Open wire detection: current threshold Ok Error > 0.3 mA < 0.2 mA Open wire shunt resistor recommendation NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3 mA. Detailed resistor calculation is provided in the section Open Wire Detection Function, page 167. 200 K (1W) Power dissipation 4.3 W max. 35012474.18 163 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 modules are fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of 16 input channels. 164 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input. Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH · Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. · Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before touching the shunt resistor for open wire detection. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 165 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module. 1 External resistor for open wire detection function (see detail below) 2 fast blow fuse of 0.25A AC+ Input pin for IO supply monitoring function on channel 15 (see detail below) NC not connected 166 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Power supply: 100...120 Vac NOTE: The maximum input voltage is 132 Vrms@63 Hz. Any over voltage will damage the module. Open Wire Detection Function The open wire detection function indicates the open wire error by detecting the leakage current of the sensor. The detection threshold values are given in the general characteristics table, page 160. If the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than the OK threshold value (0.3 mA), then the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open. In order to avoid this, an external resistor is required to be added in parallel with the sensor. Refer to the module connection, page 165. The recommended value for the external shunt resistor is 200 k (1 W). Anyhow the maximum and minimum allowed for the external resistor can be calculated according the following method: UMIN is 85% of the nominal voltage according to IEC norm. IDETECT_OK = 0.3 mA ZDAI_MAX = 17 k (for 47 Hz) or 14 k (for 57 Hz) UMAX is 110% of the nominal voltage according to the IEC norm. ITHRESHOLD_OFF = 1 mA (this is the maximum threshold current for digital input channel at 0). ZDAI_MIN = 14 k (for 53 Hz) or 12 k (for 63 Hz) ILEAKAGE_MAX is the maximum leakage current of the sensor at OFF state. 35012474.18 167 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules NOTE: Open wire detection limitations: · If the external resistor value is greater than the maximum calculated resistance REXT_MAX, the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open. · If the external resistor value is less than the minimum calculated resistance REXT_ MIN, the corresponding digital input channel might see sensor state at 1 even if the sensor state is 0. · If the supply monitoring function, page 168 is active and there is a loss of IO power supply, the open wire detection fault is not refreshed in Control Expert. Supply Monitoring Function The BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 modules are a channel-to-channel isolated module, 16 channels get 16 common pins. The module terminal block has only one supply monitor input (AC+) and its common pin is shared with the channel 15. To extend the supply monitoring function to other channels, the common of the channel 15 needs to be connected to the common pins of the other channels. In consequence the channel-to-channel isolation will be given up. By default the supply monitoring function is inactive. Refer to the chapter Configuration, page 342 for detailed information. The IO supply state is monitored as follows: · When the IO supply is higher than 85 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 0 which means IO power supply is ok. · When the IO supply is lower than 40 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 1 which means a detected error on IO power supply. All channel input values are forced to 0. 168 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 169 Characteristics....................................................................... 170 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 172 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAI 1615 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DAI 1615 module is a 200...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. This module has 16 isolated input channels that operate on alternating current. NOTE: Using the BMX DAI 1615 module in an X80 remote drop requires to use an adapter module BM· CRA 312·· module with firmware version SV2.31 or higher. Ruggedized Version The BMX DAI 1615H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 1615 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 169 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1615 and BMX DAI 1615H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1615 and BMX DAI 1615H module: Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values BMX DAI 1615 BMX DAI 1615H Voltage Current Threshold input values At 1 Frequency Voltage Current 200...240 VAC inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 200...240 VAC 9.7 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz 11.5 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz 50/60Hz 164 V 3 mA 170 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules At 0 Voltage Frequency Current Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U) Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz Max channel input voltage Response time Input type Activation Deactivation Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Fuse type Dielectric strength Internal External Channel to X-bus Channel to channel Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus Channel to channel Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time OK Error on appearance on disappearance Power consumption 3.3 V typical maximum Open wire detection: Ok current threshold Erro Open wire shunt resistor recommendation NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3 mA. Detailed resistor calculation is provided in the section Open Wire Detection Function, page 175. Power dissipation 40 V 2 mA 47...63 Hz 380 mA 30 k 264 Vrms @ 63 Hz 10 ms 20 ms Capacitive Type 1 2-wire (AC), page 87 970 000 None Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A 1780 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. 1780 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. >10 M (below 500 VDC) >10 M (below 500 VDC) > 170 V < 80 V 20 ms < T < 50 ms 5 ms < T < 15 ms 76 mA 126 mA > 0.3 mA < 0.2 mA 200 K (1W) 4.3 W max. 35012474.18 171 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAI 1615 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of input channels. 172 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input. Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH · Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. · Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before touching the shunt resistor for open wire detection. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 173 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module. 1 External resistor for open wire detection function (see detail below) 2 fast blow fuse of 0.5A AC+ Input pin for IO supply monitoring function on channel 15 (see detail below) NC not connected 174 35012474.18 BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Power supply: 220...240 Vac NOTE: The maximum input voltage is 264 Vrms@63 Hz. Any over voltage will damage the module. Open Wire Detection Function The open wire detection function indicates the open wire error by detecting the leakage current of the sensor. The detection threshold values are given in the general characteristics table, page 170. If the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than the OK threshold value (0.3 mA), then the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open. In order to avoid this, an external resistor is required to be added in parallel with the sensor. Refer to the module connection, page 173. The recommended value for the external shunt resistor is 200 k (1 W). Anyhow the maximum and minimum allowed for the external resistor can be calculated according the following method: UMIN is 85% of the nominal voltage according to IEC norm. IDETECT_OK = 0.3 mA ZDAI_MAX = 39 k (for 47 Hz) or 32 k (for 57 Hz) UMAX is 110% of the nominal voltage according to the IEC norm. ITHRESHOLD_OFF = 2 mA (this is the maximum threshold current for digital input channel at 0). ZDAI_MIN = 28 k (for 53 Hz) or 24 k (for 63 Hz) ILEAKAGE_MAX is the maximum leakage current of the sensor at OFF state. 35012474.18 175 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules NOTE: Open wire detection limitations: · If the external resistor value is greater than the maximum calculated resistance REXT_MAX, the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not open. · If the external resistor value is less than the minimum calculated resistance REXT_ MIN, the corresponding digital input channel might see sensor state at 1 even if the sensor state is 0. · If the supply monitoring function, page 176 is active and there is a loss of IO power supply, the open wire detection fault is not refreshed in Control Expert. Supply Monitoring Function The BMXDAI1615 module is a channel-to-channel isolated module, 16 channels get 16 common pins. The module terminal block has only one supply monitor input (AC+) and its common pin is shared with the channel 15. To extend the supply monitoring function to other channels, the common of the channel 15 needs to be connected to the common pins of the other channels. In consequence the channel-to-channel isolation will be given up. By default the supply monitoring function is inactive. Refer to the chapter Configuration, page 342 for detailed information. The IO supply state is monitored as follows: · When the IO supply is higher than 170 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 0 which means IO power supply is ok. · When the IO supply is lower than 80 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 1 which means a detected error on IO power supply. All channel input values are forced to 0. 176 35012474.18 BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 177 Characteristics....................................................................... 178 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 180 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAI 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DAI 0805 module is a 200...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. This module has 8 input channels that operate on alternating current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DAI 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAI 0805 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 177 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 0805 and BMX DAI 0805H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 0805 and BMX DAI 0805H module: Module type Operating temperature Absolute maximum input Nominal input values BMX DAI 0805 BMX DAI 0805H Continuous 10s 1 cycle Voltage Current Frequency 200...240 VAC inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 264 VAC 300 VAC 400 VAC 200...240 VAC 10.40 mA (for U=220 V at 50 Hz) 50/60Hz 178 35012474.18 BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Threshold input values At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Frequency Current Sensor supply (including ripple) Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U) Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz Response time Input type Activation Deactivation Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Fuse type Dielectric strength Internal External Resistance of insulation Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time OK Error on appearance on disappearance Power consumption 3.3 V typical Sensor supply consumption maximum typical Power dissipation maximum 159 V > 6 mA (for U=159) 40 V 4 mA 47 Hz to 63 Hz 170...264 V 480 mA 21 k 10 ms 20 ms Capacitive Type 2 2-wire (AC), page 87 1 730 522 None Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A 1500 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. >10 M (below 500 VDC) > 164 V < 80 V 20 ms < T < 50 ms 5 ms < T < 15 ms 76 mA 126 mA 93.60 mA 154.80 mA 4.73 W max. 35012474.18 179 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAI 0805 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight input channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input. 180 35012474.18 BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 181 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors. power supply: 200...240 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A 182 35012474.18 BMX DAI 0814 Input Module BMX DAI 0814 Input Module Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 183 Characteristics....................................................................... 184 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 185 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAI 0814 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DAI 0814 module is a 100...120 Vac discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. The module has 8 isolated input channels that operate on alternating current. Illustration 35012474.18 183 Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics BMX DAI 0814 Input Module Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DAI 0814 for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 0814 module: Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Voltage Current Frequency Threshold input values At 1 Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Frequency Current Sensor supply (including ripple) Peak of current on enabling (at nominal U) Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz Response time Input type Activation Deactivation Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 100...120 Vac inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) 100...120 Vac 5 mA 50/60Hz 74 V 2.5 mA 20 V 1 mA 47 Hz to 63 Hz 85...132 V 240 mA 13 k 10 ms 20 ms Capacitive Type 3 2-wire (AC), page 87 184 35012474.18 BMX DAI 0814 Input Module Discrete Input/Output Modules Reliability Fuse type Power consumption 3.3 V Dielectric strength Resistance of insulation Power dissipation MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Internal External typical maximum Channel to Bus Channel to Channel Channel to Bus Channel to Channel 1700000 None Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A 61 mA 112 mA 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. >10 M (below 500 VDC) >10 M (below 500 VDC) 2.35 W max. Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAI 0814 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight input channels. 35012474.18 185 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 0814 Input Module Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input. Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 186 35012474.18 BMX DAI 0814 Input Module Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module. power supply: 100...120 VAC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.25A NC not connected 35012474.18 187 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 188 Characteristics....................................................................... 189 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 191 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDI 3202 K module, its characteristics and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DDI 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin connector. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 32 input channels receive current from the sensors. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDI 3202KH (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 3202K (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 188 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules Illustration Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3202K and BMX DDI 3202KH for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3202 K and BMX DDI 3202 KH modules. Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 3202 KH Voltage Current At 1 Voltage Current 24 VDC positive logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 24 VDC 2.5 mA 11 V > 2 mA (for U 11 V) 35012474.18 189 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules At 0 Voltage Current Sensor supply (including ripple) Input impedance at nominal U Response time typical Input type maximum Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Reverse polarity Fuse type Internal External 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary Between channel groups Resistance of insulation Paralleling of inputs Reliability MTBF in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) OK Error on appearance on disappearance Power consumption 3.3 V Sensor supply consumption Power dissipation typical maximum typical maximum 5V < 0.5 mA 19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day) 9.6 k 4 ms 7 ms Current sink Type 1 Protected None 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 87 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. 500 VDC >10 M (below 500 VDC) No 696 320 > 18 VDC < 14 VDC 1 ms < T < 3 ms 8 ms < T < 30 ms 121 mA 160 mA 92 mA 145 mA 3.9 W max. 190 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules NOTE: For the BMX DDI 3202 KH, the maximum value of the sensor power supply must not exceed 26.4 V and the minimum value must not be less than 21.1 V when operated within 60...70 °C (140...158 °F). WARNING OVERHEATING MODULE Do not operate the BMX DDI 3202 KH within 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 26.4 V or less than 21.1 V. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDI 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of thirty-two input channels. 35012474.18 191 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 192 35012474.18 BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors. power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group SPS: sensor power supply 35012474.18 193 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 194 35012474.18 BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 195 Characteristics....................................................................... 196 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 198 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDI 6402 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the various sensors. Introduction Function The BMX DDI 6402 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via two 40-pin connectors. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 64 input channels receive current from the sensors. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDI 6402KH (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDI 6402 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 195 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 6402K and BMX DDI 6402KH for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 6402 K and BMX DDI 6402 KH modules. Module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DDI 6402K BMX DDI 6402KH Voltage Current At 1 Voltage 24 VDC positive logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 24 VDC 0.6 mA 15 V 196 35012474.18 BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Input impedance Response time Reverse polarity Fuse type At 0 Voltage Sensor supply (including ripple) at nominal U typical maximum Internal External Type of input Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary Between channel groups Resistance of insulation Paralleling of inputs Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) OK Error on appearance on disappearance Power consumption 3.3 V typical Sensor supply consumption maximum typical Power dissipation maximum 4V 19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/ day) 40 k 4 ms 7 ms Protected None 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group Current sink No type No compatibility (only 1 contact per sensor allowed) 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min 500 VDC >10 M (below 500 VDC) No 342 216 > 18 V < 14 V 1 ms < T < 3 ms 8 ms < T < 30 ms 160 mA 226 mA 96 mA 125 mA 4.3 W max. 35012474.18 197 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDI 6402 K module is fitted with two 40-pin connectors for the connection of sixtyfour input channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). 198 35012474.18 BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 199 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors. power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group SPS: sensor power supply 200 35012474.18 BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 201 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 202 Characteristics....................................................................... 203 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 205 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDO 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DDO 1602 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 16 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDO 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDO 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 202 35012474.18 BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules Illustration Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 1602 and BMX DDO 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 1602 and BMX DDO 1602H modules: Module type Operating temperature Temperature derating Nominal values Threshold values BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1602H Voltage Current Voltage (including ripple) Current/channel 24 VDC positive logic static outputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) Apply the temperature derating curve , page 34 24 VDC 0.5 A 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/ day) 0.625 A 35012474.18 203 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules Power of tungsten filament lamp Current/module Maximum 10 A 6W Leakage current At 0 < 0.5 mA Voltage drop At 1 < 1.2 V Load impedance minimum 48 Response time(1) 1.2 ms Reliability MTBF for continuous operation 392 285 in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86°F) Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 2) Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type) Built-in protection against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2) Fuse type against short-circuits and overloads Internal External Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker 1.5 In < Id < 2 In None 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time OK Error on appearance on disappearance > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms Power consumption 3.3 V typical 79 mA 24 V pre-actuator consumption maximum typical 111 mA 23 mA (excluding load current) maximum 32 mA Power dissipation 4 W max. Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / internal logic 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) (1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R. (2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply. 204 35012474.18 BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules NOTE: For the BMX DDO 1602H, the maximum pre-actuator power supply must not exceed 26.4 V and the output current value must not exceed 0.55 A at 70 °C (158 °F). Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDO 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen output channels. Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic). 35012474.18 205 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 206 35012474.18 BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A pre-act: pre-actuator 35012474.18 207 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 208 Characteristics....................................................................... 209 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 211 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDO 1612 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DDO 1612 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a negative logic (or sink) module: its 16 output channels receive current from the pre-actuators. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDO 1612H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDO 1612 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 208 35012474.18 BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules Illustration Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 1612 and BMX DDO 1612H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 1612 and BMX DDO 1612H modules: Module type Operating temperature Temperature derating Nominal values Threshold values BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 1612H Voltage Current Voltage (including ripple) 24 VDC negative logic static outputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) Apply the temperature derating curve , page 34 24 VDC 0.5 A 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/ day) 35012474.18 209 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules Current/channel Current/module Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 0.625 A 10 A 6W Leakage current At 0 < 0.5 mA Residual voltage At 1 < 1.2 V Load impedance minimum 48 Response time(1) 1.2 ms Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 403 804 hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3) Compatibility with DC inputs Yes (source and no type inputs) Built-in protection(2) against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode against reverse polarity Yes, by reverse-mounted diode Fuse type Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time against short-circuits and overloads Internal External OK Error on appearance on disappearance Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker 1.5 In < Id < 2 In None 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms Power consumption 3.3 V typical 79 mA 24 V pre-actuator consumption maximum typical 111 mA 23 mA (Excluding load current) maximum 32 mA Power dissipation 2.26 W max. Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / internal logic 1500 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) (1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R. (2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply. 210 35012474.18 BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules NOTE: For the BMX DDO 1612H, the maximum pre-actuator power supply must not exceed 26.4 V and the output current value must not exceed 0.55 A at 70 °C (158 °F). Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDO 1612 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen output channels. Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (negative logic). 35012474.18 211 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 212 35012474.18 BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A pre-act: pre-actuator 35012474.18 213 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 214 Characteristics....................................................................... 215 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 216 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DRA 0804T module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. NOTE: There is no H version of this module. Introduction Function The BMX DRA 0804T module is a 125 VDC discrete relay module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate on direct current. NOTE: BMX DRA 0804T provides an extended temperature range, as listed in the General Characteristics, page 215 topic of this chapter. Illustration 214 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules Characteristics Discrete Input/Output Modules Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DRA 0804T for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0804T module: Module type Relay outputs for direct current Operating temperature -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) Rated voltage Direct 125 VDC Voltage range Direct 100...150 VDC Maximum switching current 0.3 A Response time Surge current maximum Built-in protection Activation Deactivation 10 A capacitive Against inductive over voltage in DC modes < 10 ms < 10 ms t = 10 ms None. Fit a discharge diode on each output. Reliability against short-circuits and overloads MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 ° C (86 °F) None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 0.5 A, 250 VDC for each relay. 2 683 411 Power dissipation 3.17 W maximum Field to Bus (Dielectric strength) 2000 V actual (at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) Resistance of insulation >10 M (at 500 VDC) Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 40 mA 35012474.18 215 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules 24 V (All channels stay at 1) Point to point isolation Output current Mechanical operations Maximum Typical Maximum 75 mA 101 mA 137 mA 1780 VAC rms 0.3 A at 125 VDC (resistive load) 100,000 ops. minimum 0.1 A (L/R = 10 ms) 100,000 ops. minimum 20,000,000 minimum Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DRA 0804T module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight relay output channels. 216 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output. Note the enlargement of the pre-actuator. It is recommended to install this type of protection on the terminals of each pre-actuator. Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 217 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 125 VDC (100...150 VDC) fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A, 250 VDC for each relay NC: not connected NOTE: A Zener Diode voltage of 47V or slightly higher is recommended. 218 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 219 Characteristics....................................................................... 220 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 222 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DRA 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DRA 0805 module is a 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate either on alternating current or direct current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DRA 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DRA 0805 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 219 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 0805 and BMX DRA 0805H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0805 and BMX DRA 0805H modules: Module type Operating temperature Rated voltage Voltage range Thermal current BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 0805H Direct Alternating Direct Alternating Relay outputs for alternating and direct current 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 24 VDC 24...240 VAC 10...34 VDC 19...264 VAC (47...63 Hz) 3A 220 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Minimum switching load Alternating current load in resistive mode (AC12) Voltage Power Maximum Power of Hardened module at 70°C (158°F) Alternating current load in inductive mode (AC15) Voltage Power Maximum Power of Hardened module at 70°C (158°F) Direct current load in resistive mode (DC12) Voltage Power Direct current load in inductive mode (DC13) (L:R=60 ms) Maximum Power of Hardened module at 70°C (158°F) Voltage Power Response time Built-in protection Maximum Power of Hardened module at 70°C (158°F) Activation Deactivation Against inductive over voltage in AC modes Against inductive over voltage in DC modes 5 VDC / 10 mA 24 VAC 50 VA(5) 48 VAC 50 VA(6) 110 VA(4) 100...120 VAC 110 VA(6) 220 VA(4) 200...240 VAC 220 VA(6) 30 VA(5) 30 VA(6) 66 VA(4) 66 VA(6) 132 VA(4) 132 VA(6) 24 VAC 24 VA(4) 48 VAC 10 VA(10) 24 VA(8) 100...120 VAC 10 VA(11) 50 VA(7) 110 VA(2) 200...240 VAC 10 VA(11) 50 VA(9) 110 VA(6) 220 VA(1) 14.4 VA(4) 6 VA(10) 14.4 VA(8) 6 VA(11) 30 VA(7) 6 VA(11) 30 VA(9) 66 VA(2) 66 VA(6) 132 VA(1) 24 VDC 24 W(6) 40 W(3) 14.4 W(6) 24 W(3) 24 VDC 10 W(8) 24 W(6) 6 W(8) 14.4 W(6) < 10 ms < 8 ms None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each output appropriate to the voltage in use. None. Fit a discharge diode on each output. 35012474.18 221 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules Reliability against short-circuits and overloads MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30°C (86°F) None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 3 A for each relay. 2 119 902 Power dissipation 2.7 W max. Dielectric strength 2000 V actual (at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) Resistance of insulation >10 M (at 500 VDC) Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA 24 V relay (12) Maximum Typical Maximum 111 mA 51 mA 56 mA (1):0.1 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.3 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (5): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (6): 1 x 106 cycles, (7): 1.5 x 106 cycles, (8): 2 x 106 cycles, (9): 3 x 106 cycles, (10): 5 x 106 cycles, (11): 10 x 106 cycles, (12): all channels at 1. Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DRA 0805 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight relay output channels. 222 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output. Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 223 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 3 A for each relay NC: not connected 224 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 225 Characteristics....................................................................... 226 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 229 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DRA 0815 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DRA 0815 module is a 5...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate either on alternating current or direct current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DRA 0815H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DRA 0815 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 225 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 0815 and BMX DRA 0815H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0815 and BMX DRA 0815H modules: Module type Rated range Voltage range Operating temperature Alternating Direct Alternating Direct BMX DRA 0815 BMX DRA 0815H Relay outputs for alternating and direct current 24...240 Vac 24...125 Vdc 19...264 Vac (47...63 Hz) 5...150 Vdc 0 °C to 60 °C (32 °F to 140 °F) with derating (see hereafter). -25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) with derating (see hereafter). 226 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Thermal current Apply the following derating curve to the thermal current (in A) versus ambient temperature (in °C): Minimum switching load Alternating current load in resistive mode (AC12) Alternating current load in inductive mode (AC15) (Power factor = 0.4) Direct current load in resistive mode (DC12) Voltage Switching power below 60 °C (140 °F) Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) Voltage Switching power below 60 °C (140 °F) Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) Voltage 5 Vdc / 10 mA 24 Vac 48 Vac 48 VA(7) 28.8 VA(7) 48 VA(8) 96 VA(6) 28.8 VA(8) 57.6 VA(6) 100...120 Vac 110 VA(8) 220 VA(6) 66 VA(8) 132 VA(6) 200...250 Vac 220 VA(8) 500 VA(6) 132 VA(8) 300 VA(6) 24 Vac 10 VA(10) 24 VA(9) 48 VA(6) 72 VA(4)(13) 6 VA(10) 14.4 VA(9) 28.8 VA(6) 24 Vdc 48 Vac 10 VA(10) 24 VA(9) 48 VA(8) 96 VA(5) 144 VA(3)(13) 6 VA(10) 14.4 VA(9) 28.8 VA(8) 57.6 VA(5) 48...60 Vdc 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac 10 VA(11) 10 VA(11) 50 VA(8) 50 VA(9) 110 VA(7) 110 VA(7) 220 VA(4) 220 VA(6) 360 VA(2)(13) 500 VA(3) 750 VA(1)(13) 6 VA(11) 6 VA(11) 30 VA(8) 30 VA(9) 66 VA(7) 66 VA(7) 132 VA(4) 132 VA(6) 300 VA(3) 100...125 Vdc 35012474.18 227 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules (L:R = 1 ms Direct current load in inductive mode (DC13) (L:R = 15 ms) Mechanical operations Response time Surge current maximum Built-in protection Reliability Power dissipation(12) Dielectric strength (at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) Resistance of insulation Switching power below 60 °C (140 °F) Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) Voltage Switching power below 60 °C (140 °F) Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) Activation Deactivation 10 A capacitive Against inductive over voltage in AC modes Against inductive over voltage in DC modes Against short-circuits and overloads MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Channel to X-bus Channel to channel Channel to protective earth (PE) Channel to X-bus 24 W(7) 48 W(6) 14.4 W(7) 28.8 W(6) 40 W(6) 24 W(6) 45 W(5) 45 W(3) 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 110...125 Vdc 10 W(5) 40 W(1) 15 W(5) 24 W(3) 48 W(1) 6 W(5) 24 W(1) 15 W(1) 14.4 W(3) 28.8 W(1) 20,000,000 minimum < 10 ms < 13 ms t = 10 ms None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each output channel appropriate to the voltage in use. None. Fit a discharge diode on each output channel. None. Fit a fast-blow fuse on each output channel or channel group. NOTE: The current capability of fuse depends on the maximum switching load. 2,683,411 3.6 W + 0.03 x (I12 +I22 +...+ I82) Where I1, I2,...I8 is the load current for each channel. 3000 Vac 2000 Vac 2000 Vac >10 M 228 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules (at 500 Vdc) Channel to channel >10 M Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 40 mA 24 V(12) Maximum Typical 75 mA 101 mA Maximum 137 mA (1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles, (5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles, (9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles, (12): All channels at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F) Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DRA 0815 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight relay output channels. 35012474.18 229 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output. Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 230 35012474.18 BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 24...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC fuse: Use appropriate fast-blow fuse for each relay. NC: not connected 35012474.18 231 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 232 Characteristics....................................................................... 233 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 235 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DRA 1605 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DRA 1605 module is a 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 16 non-isolated relay output channels operate either on alternating current or direct current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DRA 1605H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DRA 1605 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 232 35012474.18 BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules Illustration Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 1605 and BMX DRA 1605H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 1605 and BMX DRA 1605H modules: Module type Operating temperature BMX DRA 1605 BMX DRA 1605H Rated voltage Direct Alternating Voltage range Direct Alternating Minimum switching load Relay outputs for alternating and direct current 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 24 VDC 24...240 VAC / 2 A, Cos = 1 24 VDC / 2 A (resistive load) 19...264 VAC / 2 A, Cos = 1 5 VDC / 1 mA. 35012474.18 233 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules Maximum switching load 264 VAC / 125 VDC Mechanical service life Number of switching 20 million or more Alternating current load in resistive mode (AC12) Voltage Power 24 VAC 50 VA(2) 48 VAC 50 VA(1) 100...120 VAC 80 VA(1) 200...240 VAC 200 VA(1) 80 VA(2) 200 VA(2) Alternating current load in inductive mode (AC15) Voltage Power 24 VAC 36 VA(1) 48 VAC 36 VA(1) 100...120 VAC 36 VA(1) 200...240 VAC 36 VA(1) Cos = 0,35 72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) Cos = 0,7 120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) Cos = 0,35 240 VA(2) Cos = 0,7 Direct current load in resistive mode (DC12) Voltage Power 24 VDC 24 W(2) 48 VDC 24 W(4) Direct current load in inductive mode (DC13) Voltage Power (L/R = 7 ms) 24 VDC 3 W(1) 10 W(2) 48 VDC 3 W(1) 10 W(2) Power (L/R = 20 ms) 24 W(3) 24 W(3) Response time On-line module change Activation Deactivation < 8 ms < 10 ms Possible Built-in protection Against alternating None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel current inductive on each output appropriate to the voltage in use. over voltage Against direct current inductive over voltage None. Fit a discharge diode on each output. Against shortcircuits and overloads Maximum switching frequency None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 12 A for each 8-channel group. 3 600 cycles per hour Power dissipation 3 W max Dielectric strength 2000 V actual (at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) 234 35012474.18 BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Resistance of insulation > 10 M (at 500 VDC) Noise immunity In noise simulation below 1500 V actual, noise width of 1s and frequency of 25 to 60 Hz Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30°C (86°F) 1 357 810 Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical Maximum 79 mA 111 mA 24 V relay (5) Typical Maximum 89 mA 100 mA (1): 3 x 105 cycles, (2): 1 x 105 cycles, (3): 7 x 103 cycles, (4): 5 x 104 cycles, (5): per channel at 1. NOTE: For the BMX DRA 1605H module, the maximum power must not exceed 24 VA per channel when operated at 70 °C (158 °F). Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DRA 1605 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen non-isolated relay output channels. 35012474.18 235 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of relay outputs. Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 236 35012474.18 BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A for each 8-channel group 35012474.18 237 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 238 Characteristics....................................................................... 239 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 242 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DRC 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DRC 0805 module is a 5...125 Vdc or 24...240 Vac discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels (NO/NC) operate either on alternating current or direct current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DRC 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DRC 0805 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 238 35012474.18 BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules Illustration Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRC 0805 and BMX DRC 0805H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRC 0805 and BMX DRC 0805H modules: Module type Rated range Voltage range Operating temperature Alternating Direct Alternating Direct BMX DRC 0805 BMX DRC 0805H NO/NC relay outputs for alternating and direct current 24...240 Vac 24...125 Vdc 19...264 Vac (47...63 Hz) 5...150 Vdc 0 °C to 60 °C (32 °F to 140 °F) with derating (see hereafter). -25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) with derating (see hereafter). 35012474.18 239 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules Thermal current Apply the following derating curve to the thermal current (in A) versus ambient temperature (in °C): Minimum switching load Alternating current load in resistive mode (AC12) Alternating current load in inductive mode (AC15) (Power factor = 0.4) NOTE: Apply additional derating if the module is wired with preassembled cordset BMX FTW ··5, page 55. 5 Vdc / 10 mA Voltage 24 Vac Switching power below 60 °C (140 °F) 48 VA(7) 48 Vac 48 VA(8) 96 VA(6) 100...120 Vac 110 VA(8) 220 VA(6) 200...250 Vac 220 VA(8) 500 VA(6) Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) 28.8 VA(7) 28.8 VA(8) 57.6 VA(6) 66 VA(8) 132 VA(6) 132 VA(8) 300 VA(6) Voltage 24 Vac Switching power below 60 °C (140 °F) 10 VA(10) 24 VA(9) 48 Vac 10 VA(10) 24 VA(9) 100...120 Vac 10 VA(11) 50 VA(8) 200...250 Vac 10 VA(11) 50 VA(9) 48 VA(6) 48 VA(8) 110 VA(7) 110 VA(7) 72 VA(4)(13) 96 VA(5) 220 VA(4) 220 VA(6) 144 VA(3)(13) 360 VA(2)(13) 500 VA(3) 750 VA(1)(13) Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) 6 VA(10) 14.4 VA(9) 28.8 VA(6) 6 VA(10) 14.4 VA(9) 28.8 VA(8) 6 VA(11) 30 VA(8) 66 VA(7) 6 VA(11) 30 VA(9) 66 VA(7) 57.6 VA(5) 132 VA(4) 132 VA(6) 300 VA(3) 240 35012474.18 BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Direct current load in resistive mode (DC12) (L:R = 1 ms Direct current load in inductive mode (DC13) (L:R = 15 ms) Mechanical operations Response time Surge current maximum Built-in protection Reliability Power dissipation(12) Dielectric strength (at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) 35012474.18 Voltage Switching power below 60 °C (140 °F) Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) Voltage Switching power below 60 °C (140 °F) Maximum switching power of hardened module at 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) Activation (to NO) Deactivation (to NC) 10 A capacitive Against inductive over voltage in AC modes Against inductive over voltage in DC modes Against short-circuits and overloads MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Channel to X-bus Channel to channel Channel to protective earth (PE) 24 Vdc 24 W(7) 48 W(6) 14.4 W(7) 28.8 W(6) 48...60 Vdc 40 W(6) 100...125 Vdc 45 W(5) 24 W(6) 45 W(3) 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 110...125 Vdc 10 W(5) 40 W(1) 15 W(5) 24 W(3) 48 W(1) 6 W(5) 24 W(1) 15 W(1) 14.4 W(3) 28.8 W(1) 20,000,000 minimum <10 ms <13 ms t = 10 ms None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each output channel appropriate to the voltage in use. None. Fit a discharge diode on each output channel. None. Fit a fast-blow fuse on each output channel or channel group. NOTE: The current capability of fuse depends on the maximum switching load. 2,683,411 3.6 W + 0.03 x (I12 + I22 + ...+ I82) Where I1, I2,....I8 is the load current for each channel. 3000 Vac 2000 Vac 2000 Vac 241 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules Resistance of insulation (at 500 Vdc) Channel to X-bus Channel to channel >10 M >10 M Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 40 mA 24 V(12) Maximum Typical 75 mA 101 mA Maximum 137 mA (1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles, (5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles, (9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles, (12): All channel at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F) Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DRC 0805 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of eight relay output channels. 242 35012474.18 BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output. Discrete Input/Output Modules NO: Normally open output NC: Normally closed output Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 243 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. Power supply: 24...125 Vdc or 24...240 Vac Fuse: Use appropriate fast-blow fuse for each relay. N/C: Not connected 244 35012474.18 BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 245 Characteristics....................................................................... 246 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 248 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDO 3202 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DDO 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin connector. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 32 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDO 3202 KC (coated) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDO 3202 K (standard) equipment. It can be used in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 245 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 3202 K and BMX DDO 3202 KC for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 3202 K and BMX DDO 3202 KC modules: Module type Operating temperature Temperature derating Nominal values Threshold values Voltage Current Voltage (including ripple) 24 VDC positive logic static outputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) Apply the temperature derating curve , page 34 24 VDC 0.1 A 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day) 246 35012474.18 BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Power of tungsten filament lamp Current/channel Current/module Maximum 0.125 A 3.2 A 1.2 W Leakage current At 0 100 A for U = 30 V Voltage drop At 1 < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A Load impedance Minimum 220 Response time(1) 1.2 ms Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) 312 254 Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3) Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 or no type) Built-in protection Against overvoltage Yes, by Transil diode Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2) Fuse type Against short-circuits and overloads Internal External Yes, by current limiter and electric circuitbreaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A None 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time OK Error On appearance On disappearance > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA 24 V pre-actuator consumption Maximum Typical 166 mA 46 mA (excluding load current) Maximum 64 mA Power dissipation 3.6 W max. Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / internal logic 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min 35012474.18 247 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules Between channel groups 500 VDC Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) (1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R. (2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDO 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of thirtytwo output channels. 248 35012474.18 BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic). Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 249 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group pre-act: pre-actuator PPS: pre-actuator power supply 250 35012474.18 BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 251 Characteristics....................................................................... 252 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 254 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDO 6402 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DDO 6402 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via two 40-pin connectors. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 64 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators. Ruggedized Version The BMX DDO 6402 KC (coated) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDO 6402 K (standard) equipment. It can be used in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 251 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 6402 K and BMX DDO 6402 KC for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 6402 K and BMX DDO 6402 KC modules: Module type Operating temperature Temperature derating Nominal values Threshold values Voltage Current Voltage (including ripple) 24 VDC positive logic static outputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) Apply the temperature derating curve , page 34 24 VDC 0.1 A 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day) 252 35012474.18 BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Power of tungsten filament lamp Current/channel Current/module Maximum Leakage current At 0 Voltage drop At 1 Load impedance Minimum Response time(1) Max. overload time before internal damage Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Frequency of switching to inductive load Paralleling of outputs Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Built-in protection Against over voltage Against inversions Against short-circuits and overloads Fuse type Internal External Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time OK Error On appearance On disappearance Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 24 V pre-actuator consumption Maximum Typical (excluding load current) Maximum Power dissipation Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / internal logic Between channel groups 0.125 A 6.4 A 1.2 W 100 A for U = 30 V < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A 220 1.2 ms 15 ms 159 924 0.5 / LI2 Hz Yes (maximum of 3) Yes (type 3 and no type) Yes, by Transil diode Yes, by inverted diode(2) Yes, by current limiter and electric circuitbreaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A None 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16channel group > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms 160 mA 226 mA 92 mA 127 mA 6.85 W max. 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min 500 VDC 35012474.18 253 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) (1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R. (2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply. Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDO 6402 K module is fitted with two 40-pin connectors for the connection of sixty-four output channels. 254 35012474.18 BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic). Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 255 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 24 VDC fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group pre-act: pre-actuator PPS: pre-actuator power supply 256 35012474.18 BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 257 Characteristics....................................................................... 258 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 260 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAO 1605 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DAO 1605 module is a 100...240 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 16 triac output channels operate on alternating current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DAO 1605H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAO 1605 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 257 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1605 and BMX DAO 1605H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1605 and BMX DAO 1605H modules: Module type Operating temperature Temperature derating Nominal values Threshold values BMX DAO 1605 BMX DAO 1605H Voltage Current Voltage 100...240 VAC triac outputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) Apply the temperature derating curve , page 34 100...240 VAC 0.6 A / points 100 mA at 24 VAC 25 mA at 100...240 VAC 258 35012474.18 BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Current/channel Current/module 0.6 A 2.4 A max/common (4.8 A max for all commons) Maximum inrush current 20 A / cycle or less Leakage current At state 0 3 mA (for 240 VAC, 60 Hz) 1.5 mA (for 120 VAC, 60 Hz) Residual voltage At state 1 1.5 VAC Response time 1 ms + 1/(2xF) Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage voltage in AC modes limiter in parallel on each output appropriate to the voltage in use Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output. voltage against short-circuits None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 3 A on each channel or and overloads 4-channel group. Command type Zero crossing Output protection no protection Dielectric maximum voltage 2 830 VAC rms/1 min Insulation resistance 10 M (by insulation resistance meter) Noise immunity By noise simulator of noise voltage, 1 s noise width and 1 500 Vp-p 25...60 Hz noise frequency Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA Maximum 111 mA NOTE: For the BMX DAO 1605H module, at 70 °C (158 °F), the maximum threshold current must not exceed 0.24 A per channel and the maximum module current must not exceed 1.92 A. 35012474.18 259 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAO 1605 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of sixteen triac output channels. Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a alternating current triac output. 260 35012474.18 BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 261 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators. power supply: 100...240 VAC fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 3 A for each 4-channel group 262 35012474.18 BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 263 Characteristics....................................................................... 264 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 267 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DAO 1615 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DAO 1615 module is a 24...240 Vac discrete module connected via a 40-pin terminal block. Its 16 isolated triac output channels operate on alternating current. Ruggedized Version The BMX DAO 1615H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DAO 1615 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 263 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1615 and BMX DAO 1615H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Characteristics CAUTION OVERHEATING HAZARD Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1615 and BMX DAO 1615H modules: Module type Operating temperature BMX DAO 1615 BMX DAO 1615H 24...240 Vac16-channel Isolated Triac Output 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 264 35012474.18 BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Temperature derating Apply the following derating curve (total module output current (in %) versus ambient temperature (in °C): Nominal values Operating range Voltage minimum and maximum Current minimum and maximum Response time NOTE: The curves apply to the BMX DAO 1615 in the temperature range 0...60 °C (32 °F...140 °F) and apply to the BMX DAO 1615H in the temperature range -25...70 °C (-13...158 °F). Voltage 24...240 Vac Current 3 A per channel. Voltage 20...264 Vac Frequency 47...63 Hz Voltage drop at state 1 1.55 Vac Maximum input voltage 300 Vac during 10 s 400 Vac during one cycle Load current (minimum) 5 mA minimum. Current / 4 contiguous channels Current / module Maximum inrush current (rms) 4 A maximum continuous for the sum of the 4 channels. 10 A maximum continuous. 30 A per channel for 1 cycle. 20 A per channel for 2 cycles. 10 A per channel for 3 cycles. Leakage current at state 0 2.5 mA at 240 Vac 2 mA at 115 Vac 1 mA at 48 Vac 1 mA at 24 Vac 0.5 x (1/F) 35012474.18 265 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Built-in protection Against inductive over voltage Against short-circuits and overloads Output protection (internal) Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus Channel to channel Insulation Resistance Channel to X-bus Channel to channel Applied dV/dt Backplane consumption 24 V 3.3 V Typical Maximum Typical Maximum None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each pre-actuator appropriate to the voltage in use None. Fit a 4 A fast blow fuse on each channel. RC snubber suppression. 1780 Vac, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. 1500 Vac, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. >10 M (below 500 Vdc) >10 M (below 500 Vdc) 400 V/s 50 mA 60 mA 61 mA 87 mA 266 35012474.18 BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DAO 1615 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the connection of 16 triac isolated output channels. Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current triac isolated output: 35012474.18 267 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 268 35012474.18 BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules NC: Not connected. 1 4 A fast blow fuse. 2 Inductive load. 3 Resistive load. 2a and 3a Recommended output protection (see note below). 35012474.18 269 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules NOTE: The recommended output protection for both inductive and resistive load is composed of a varistor (GMOV 24...240 Vac). The electronic characteristics of the varistor depend on the voltage required by the device used. For inductive load, an optional RC filter (snubber) is recommended in addition to the varistor. The values for the resistor and the capacitor depend on the device used. Each terminal capacity is one wire 22...18 AWG (0,34...1 mm2). For more details, refer to terminal block wiring capacity, page 45. Output Usage Rules Usage of the outputs with different phases, is dependent on the power supply voltage: · In the range of 24...133 Vac, adjacent channel outputs can be used. · In the range of 133...240 Vac, the channel outputs used, need to be separated by an unused channel output (for example Q1 and Q2 with phase A, skip Q3, and Q4 with phase B). CAUTION DAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTS · Ensure that the AC power energizing each group is from a common, single-phase AC power source. · Protect the module output when an external switch is used to control an inductive load in parallel with the module output. Use an external varistor in parallel with the switch. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 270 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 271 Characteristics....................................................................... 272 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 276 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDM 16022 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DDM 16022 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic module: its 8 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink) and its 8 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators (source). Ruggedized Version The BMX DDM 16022H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDM 16022 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 271 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the tables below apply to the modules BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16022H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Input Characteristics The following table shows the general input characteristics of the BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16022H modules: Input module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16022H Voltage Current At 1 Voltage 24 VDC positive logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 24 VDC 3.5 mA 11 V 272 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules Current > 2 mA for U 11 V At 0 Voltage 5V Current Sensor supply (including ripple) 1.5 mA 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/ day) Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 k Response time Typical 4ms Input type Maximum 7ms Current sink Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3 Reverse polarity Protected Fuse type Internal External None 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 8-channel group 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 87 Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86°F) 427 772 Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Between input/output groups 500 VCC Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Paralleling of inputs No Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) OK Error On appearance On disappearance > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA 24 V pre-actuator consumption (excluding load current) Maximum Typical Maximum 111 mA 59 mA 67 mA Power dissipation 3.7 W max. 35012474.18 273 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module NOTE: These characteristics are available also for the BMX DDM 16022H in the temperature range -25...60 °C (-13...140 °F). At +70 °C (158 °F), the maximum voltage value of input Sensor supply must not exceed 26.4 V. WARNING LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Do not operate the BMX DDM 16022H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the input function. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. General Output Characteristics The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16022H modules: Output module type Operating temperature Temperature derating BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16022H Nominal values Threshold values Power of tungsten filament lamp Leakage current Voltage drop Load impedance Response time(1) Max. overload time before internal damage Reliability Voltage Current Voltage (including ripple) Current/channel Current/module Maximum At 0 At 1 Minimum MTBF for continuous operation in hours at 24 VDC positive logic static outputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) Apply the temperature derating curve , page 34 24 VDC 0.5 A 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day) 0.625 A 5A 6W < 0.5 mA < 1.2 V 48 1.2 ms 15 ms 427 772 274 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 2) Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type) Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2) Fuse type Against short-circuits and overloads Internal External Yes, by current limiter and electric circuitbreaker 1.5 In < Id < 2 In None 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A for 8-channel group Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) OK Error On appearance On disappearance > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA 24 V pre-actuator consumption Maximum Typical 111 mA 59 mA (excluding load current) Maximum 67 mA Power dissipation 3.7 W max. Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / internal logic 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) (1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R. (2) Provide a 6.3 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply 35012474.18 275 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module NOTE: The characteristics in this table also apply to the BMX DDM 16022H in the temperature range -25...60 °C (-13...140 °F). At 70 °C (140 °F): · The maximum voltage of the pre-actuator power supply must not exceed 26.4 V. · The maximum output current must not exceed 0.55 A. WARNING LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Do not operate the BMX DDM 16022H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the pre-actuator power supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the output function. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDM 16022 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight input channels and eight output channels. 276 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic). 35012474.18 277 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 278 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors and preactuators. power supply: 24 VDC input fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A output fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A pre-act: pre-actuator Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. 35012474.18 279 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 280 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 281 Characteristics....................................................................... 282 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 286 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDM 16025 module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DDM 16025 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic module: its 8 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink). The 8 isolated relay outputs operate either on direct current (24 VDC) or alternating current (24...240 VAC). Ruggedized Version The BMX DDM 16025H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX DDM 16025 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in harsh chemical environments. For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). 35012474.18 281 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Characteristics Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the tables below apply to the modules BMX DDM 16025 and BMX DDM 16025H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Input Characteristics This table presents the general input characteristics for the BMX DDM 16025 and BMX DDM 16025H modules: Input module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Threshold input values BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDM 16025H Voltage Current At 1 Voltage Current Eight 24 VDC positive logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) 24 VDC 3.5 mA 11 V 2 mA for U 11 V 282 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Discrete Input/Output Modules At 0 Voltage 5V Current Sensor supply (including ripple) < 1.5 mA 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day) Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 k Response time Typical 4 ms Input type Maximum 7 ms Current sink Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3 Reverse polarity Protected Fuse type Internal External None 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 8channel group 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 87 Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 835 303 hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Between input/output groups 500 VDC Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Paralleling of inputs No Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24V (-15% ... +20%) OK Error On appearance On disappearance > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 35 mA 24 V pre-actuator consumption Maximum Typical 50 mA 79 mA (excluding load current) Maximum 111 mA Power dissipation 3.1 W max. NOTE: For the BMX DDM 16025H, at 70 °C (158 °F) the maximum pre-actuator power supply must not exceed 26.4 V. 35012474.18 283 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module WARNING LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Do not operate the BMX DDI 16025H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the input function. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. General Output Characteristics The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM 16025 and BMX DDM 16025H modules: Output module type Eight 24 VDC/24-240 VAC relay outputs Operating temperature BMX DDM 16025 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) BMX DDM 16025H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF) Nominal values Switching direct voltage 24 VDC resistive load Switching direct current 2 A resistive load Switching alternating voltage 220 VAC, Cos = 1 Switching alternating current 2 A, Cos = 1 Minimum switching load Voltage / Current 5 VDC / 1 mA. Maximum switching load Voltage 264 VAC / 125 VDC On-line module change Possibility Response time Mechanical service life Activation Deactivation Number of switching 8 ms 10 ms 20 million or more Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 835 303 hours at ambient temperature 30 ° C (86 °F) Max. switching frequency Cycles per hour 3 600 Electrical service life Switching voltage / current 200 VAC / 1.5 A, 240 VAC / 1 A, Cos = 0.7(1) 200 VAC / 0.4 A, 240 VAC / 0.3 A, Cos = 0.7(2) 200 VAC / 1 A, 240 VAC / 0.5 A, Cos = 0.35(1) 284 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Discrete Input/Output Modules Noise immunity Fuse type Internal External Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 24 V pre-actuator consumption Power dissipation Maximum Typical Maximum Dielectric strength Max. voltage Resistance of insulation (1) 1 x 105 cycles (2) 3 x 105 cycles 200 VAC / 0.3 A, 240 VAC / 0.15 A, Cos = 0.35(2) 200 VAC / 1.5 A, 240 VAC / 1 A, Cos = 0.7(1) 200 VAC / 0.4 A, 240 VAC / 0.3 A, Cos = 0.7(2) In noise simulation, 1500 V actual, width 1s and 25 to 60 Hz None 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A for 8-channel group 79 mA 111 mA 36 mA 58 mA 3.1 W max. 2830 VAC rms / cycles 10 M NOTE: For the BMX DDM 16025H, at 70 °C (158 °F) the maximum pre-actuator power supply must not exceed 24 VA. WARNING LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION Do not operate the BMX DDI 16025H at 70°C (158°F) if the pre-actuator power supply is greater than 28.8 V or less than 19.2 V. Overheating the module can cause the loss of the output function. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 285 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDM 16025 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the connection of eight input channels and eight isolated relay output channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). 286 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of relay outputs. Discrete Input/Output Modules Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuses. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 287 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the sensors and pre-actuators. input power supply: 24 VDC output power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC input fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A output fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A pre-act: pre-actuator 288 35012474.18 BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Discrete Input/Output Modules Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 289 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module What's in This Chapter Introduction ........................................................................... 290 Characteristics....................................................................... 291 Connecting the Module .......................................................... 294 Subject of this Section This section presents the BMX DDM 3202 K module, its characteristics, and explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators. Introduction Function The BMX DDM 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin connector. It is a positive logic module: its 16 input channels receive current from the sensors (sink) and its 16 output channels provide current to the pre-actuators (source). Illustration 290 35012474.18 BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Characteristics Discrete Input/Output Modules Altitude Operating Conditions The characteristics in the tables below apply to the module BMX DDM 3202 K for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications). General Input Characteristics The following table shows the general input characteristics of the BMX DDM 3202 K module: Input module type Operating temperature Nominal input values Voltage Threshold input values At 1 Current Voltage Current At 0 Voltage Current Sensor supply (including ripple) Input impedance At nominal U Response time Typical Input type Maximum Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Reverse polarity 2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) Fuse type Internal External 24 VDC positive logic inputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) 24 VDC 2.5 mA 11 V > 2 mA for U 11 V 5V < 0.5 mA 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day) 9.6 k 4 ms 7 ms Current sink Type 1 Protected 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 87 None 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 16-channel group 35012474.18 291 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F) 650 614 Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. Between input/output groups 500 VDC Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) Paralleling of inputs No Sensor voltage: monitoring OK threshold Error Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) On disappearance > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA 24 V pre-actuator consumption (excluding load current) Maximum Typical Maximum 166 mA 69 mA 104 mA Power dissipation 4 W max. General Output Characteristics The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM 3202 K module: Output module type Operating temperature Temperature derating Nominal values Threshold values Power of tungsten filament lamp Leakage current Voltage drop 292 Voltage Current Voltage (including ripple) Current/channel Current/module Maximum at 0 at 1 24 VDC positive logic static outputs 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF) Apply the temperature derating curve , page 34 24 VDC 0.1 A 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day) 0.125 A 3.2 A 1.2 W 100 A for U = 30 V < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A 35012474.18 BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules Load impedance Minimum 220 Response time(1) 1.2 ms Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at ambient temperature 30 ° C (86 °F) 650 614 Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3) Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type) Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2) Fuse type Against short-circuits and overloads Internal External Yes, by current limiter and electric circuitbreaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A None 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for 16-channel group Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) OK Error On appearance On disappearance > 18 V < 14 V 8 ms < T < 30 ms 1 ms < T < 3 ms Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA 24 V pre-actuator consumption Maximum Typical 166 mA 69 mA (excluding load current) Maximum 104 mA Power dissipation 4 W max. Dielectric strength Output / ground or output 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min. / internal logic Resistance of insulation >10 M (below 500 VDC) (1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R. (2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply 35012474.18 293 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Connecting the Module At a Glance The BMX DDM 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection of sixteen input channels and sixteen output channels. Input Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic). 294 35012474.18 BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules Output Circuit Diagram The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic). Module Connection DANGER HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or disconnecting the module. Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury. CAUTION LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION Install the correct rating and type of fuse. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage. 35012474.18 295 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors and preactuators. power supply: 24 VDC input fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A output fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A pre-act: pre-actuator SPS: sensor power supply 296 35012474.18 BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules PPS: pre-actuator power supply Sensor Power Outage After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active. WARNING DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor power outage. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 351. After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status LED's. WARNING CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION After a sensor power outage: · The I/O error LED is on · Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions) · Check the real positions on the sensors. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 35012474.18 297 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O ........................................................................... 298 Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/O ........................................................................... 307 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/ 16R11 Connection Bases ....................................................... 313 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases ............ 314 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/ 16R23 Connection Bases ....................................................... 316 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases ............ 318 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases ............ 319 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base......................... 321 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases ............ 323 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base ........................ 325 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base ........................ 327 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base......................... 329 TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base......................... 330 TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories ............................ 332 Aim of this Chapter This chapter describes the TELEFAST 2 interface links for the discrete input/output modules. Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O Aim of this section This section describes the range of TELEFAST 2 products which allow the discrete input and output modules to be connected quickly to the operating pieces. 298 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/O Modules At a Glance The TELEFAST 2 system is a group of products which enableS discrete input and output modules to be quickly connected to operational components. It replaces 20-pin terminal blocks, thus doing away with single wire connections. The TELEFAST 2 system, which consists of connection bases for interfaces and connection cables, can only be connected to modules which are fitted with 40-pin connectors. Several base types can be identified: · connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete inputs/outputs · bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels · bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels · bases for connection and adaptation interfaces relating to relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels · bases for adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels · bases for connection and adaptation interfaces relating to outputs, with or without removable electromechanical or static relays, with 16 channels · input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog At a Glance The catalog of TELEFAST 2 bases for discrete input/output modules is shown here. Catalog The table below shows the catalog of connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os. 35012474.18 299 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Reference ABE-7H·· Base types Sub groups Illustration 08R10 08S21 12R50 12R10 16R10 08R11 16R50 12R20 16R11 08R21 12R21 16R20 16R21 16R23 16R30 16R31 Connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os. 8-channel bases Compact 12 and 16channel bases 12 and 16-channel bases TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base 12S21 16S21 16S43 (1) 16F43 (2) Description - with 1 - - isolator/ channel (1) for inputs (2) for outputs with 1 isolator/ channel with 1 fuse + 1 isolator/ channel Illustration The principle for identifying the connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os is as follows. 300 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Description The table below describes the different elements which make it possible to identify the connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os. Number (1) (2) (3) (4) Description 08 = 8-channel base 12 = 12-channel base 16 = 16-channel base Primary function: · R = simple connection · S = isolator/channel · F = fuse/channel 1 = with 1 screw terminal per channel on 1 level 2 = with 2 screw terminals per channel on 2 levels 3 = with 3 screw terminals per channel on 3 levels 4 = with 2 screw terminals per channel on 1 level 5 = with 1 screw terminal per channel on 2 levels 0 or even number = without LED display per channel odd number = with LED display per channel Catalog The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels. 35012474.18 301 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules ABE-7S·· reference Base types Illustration 16E2B1 16E2E1 16E2E0 16E2F0 16E2M0 Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels. TELEFAST 2 base Description 16 x 24 VDC inputs 16 x 48 VDC inputs 16 x 48 VAC inputs 16 x 110...120 VAC inputs 16 x 220...240 VAC inputs The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels. ABE-7S·· reference Base types Sub groups Illustration 08S2B0 08S2B1 16S2B0 16S2B2 Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels. 8-channel bases 16-channel bases TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base Description 8 static 24 VDC / 0.5A outputs, with error detection transfer to PLC. 8 static 24 VDC / 2A outputs, with error detection transfer to PLC. 16 static 24 VDC / 0.5A outputs, with error detection transfer to PLC. 16 static 24 VDC / 0.5A outputs, without error detection transfer to PLC. The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels. 302 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules ABE-7R·· reference Base types 08S111 08S210 16S111 16S210 16S212 Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels. Sub groups 8-channel bases 16-channel bases Illustration TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base Description 8 relay outputs, 1 F with + or alternating polarity distribution. 8 relay outputs, 1 F, potential free contact. 16 relay outputs, 1 F, 2 x 8 shared + or alternating. 16 relay outputs, 1 F, potential free contact. 16 relay outputs, 1 F with distribution of the 2 polarities by 8channel group. The table below displays the catalog entry showing the connection base for the adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels. ABE-7A·· reference Base types Illustration CC02 Bases for adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels. TELEFAST 2 base Description Allows splitting of: · 16 channels into two x 8 channels · 12 channels into 8 channels + 4 channels The table below shows the catalog of output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels. 35012474.18 303 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules ABE-7·· reference Base types Sub groups Illustration R16T210 P16T210 P16T214 R16T212 P16T212 P16T215 P16T318 Output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels Output bases, 1 F, potential free contact. Output bases, 1 F, distribution of the 2 polarities by 8-channel group. Output base, 1 F, distribution of the 2 polarities by 4-channel group. TELEFAST 2 base Description with 10-mm wide electromechanical relay 10-mm wide relay not provided 10-mm wide relay not provided, 1 fuse/ channel with 10mm wide electromechanical relay 10-mm wide relay not provided 10-mm wide relay not provided, 1 fuse/ channel 12.5-mm wide relay, not provided, 1 fuse + 1 isolator/ channel The table below shows the catalog of output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels (continued). 304 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules ABE-7·· reference Base types R16T230 R16T330 P16T330 P16T334 R16T231 R16T332 P16T332 R16T370 Output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relay with 16 channels (continued). Sub groups Output bases, 1 OF, potential free contact. Output bases, 1 OF, shared by 8-channel group. Output bases, 1 OF, distribution of the 2 polarities by 8channel group. Output bases, 2 OF, potential free contact. Illustration TELEFAST 2 base Description with 10mm wide electromechanical relay with 12.5mm wide electromechanical relay 12.5-mm wide relay, not provided 12.5-mm wide relay, not provided, 1 fuse/ channel with 10mm wide electromechanical relay with 12.5mm wide electromechanical relay 12.5-mm wide relay, not provided with 12.5mm wide electromechanical relay The table below shows the catalog of input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays. 35012474.18 305 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules ABE-7P·· reference Base types Illustration 16F310 16F312 Input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays TELEFAST 2 base Description potential free distribution of the 2 polarities by 8-channel group Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Compatibility Table The following table summarizes compatibility between Discrete I/O modules and TELEFAST 2 connection bases. BMX DDI 3202 K 1 connector Connection bases 8 channels ABE-7H08R·· + (1) ABE-7H08S21 + (1) 12 channels ABE-7H12R·· ABE-7H12S21 16 channels ABE-7H16R·· + ABE-7H16S21 + ABE-7H16R23 + ABE-7H16F43 ABE-7H16S43 - BMX DDI 6402 K 2 connectors + (1) + (1) - + + + - BMX DDO 3202 K 1 connector + (1) + (1) - + + + - BMX DDO 6402 K BMX DDM 3202 K 2 connectors 1 connector + (1) + (1) + (1) + (1) - - - - + + + + - + + - - - 306 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3202 K 1 connector Input adapter connection bases BMX DDI 6402 K 2 connectors 16 channels ABE-7S16E2·· + + ABE-7P16F3·· + + Output adapter connection bases 8 channels ABE-7S08S2·· - - ABE-7R08S··· - - 16 channels ABE-7R16S··· - - ABE-7R16T··· - - ABE-7P16T··· - - (1) With 16 to 2 x 8 channel adapter ABBE-7ACC02 + Compatible - Not compatible BMX DDO 3202 K 1 connector - + (1) + (1) + + + BMX DDO 6402 K BMX DDM 3202 K 2 connectors 1 connector - + - + + (1) + (1) + + + + (1) + (1) + + + Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/O Aim of this section This section describes the connection principles for the TELEFAST 2 products for discrete input/output modules. Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2 Base Interface At a Glance A discrete input/output module with a 40-pin connector can be connected to the TELEFAST 2 connection base with a connection cable, page 82. 35012474.18 307 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration The following diagram shows the connection of a discrete input/output module with a 40-pin connector to a TELEFAST 2 connection base. 308 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration The following diagram shows an example specific to the connection of 16 channels in 2 x 8channel groups via the ABE-7ACC02 adapter base. Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases At a Glance Here is an overview of the dimensions of different TELEFAST 2 connection products and their mounting methods. 35012474.18 309 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7H··R1·, ABE7H··R5·, ABE-7H··R2·, ABE-7H··S21, ABE-7H16R3·, ABE-7S08S2B0, ABE-7R··S1··, ABE-7R08S210. (1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10. The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7H16S43, ABE7S16E2··, ABE-7S08S2B1, ABE-7S16S2B·, ABE-7H16F43·, ABE-7R16S21. 310 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the product ABE-7ACC02. The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7R16T2·· and ABE7P16T2··. (1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10. 35012474.18 311 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7R16T3·· and ABE7P16T3··. (1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10. Mounting The TELEFAST 2 bases are mounted on 35-mm wide DIN mounting rails. WARNING UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION Install the input adaptation bases ABE-7S16E2E1 and static output adaptation bases ABE-7S··S2B· lengthways and horizontally to prevent the device from overheating and unexpected operation. Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment damage. 312 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/ 16R11 Connection Bases Aim of this section This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11 connection bases. Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R10/R11 and ABE7H16R10/R11 Bases At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases. NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow · output functions: 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16R·· base 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H08R·· base Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. 35012474.18 313 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration Connections for input and output functions. TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Connecting the common for sensors: · onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the `+' of the supply (positive logic inputs) Connecting the common for pre-actuators: · onto terminals 3 or 4: pre-actuators to the `-' of the supply (positive logic outputs) TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases Aim of this section This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 connection bases. Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R10/R11 Bases At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases. 314 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow · output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R ··base Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. Illustration Connections for input and output functions. 35012474.18 315 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Connecting the common for sensors: · onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the `+' of the supply (positive logic inputs) Connecting the common for pre-actuators: · several terminals linked to the `-` polarity (3, 4, 200, 201, 202, and 203) allowing sharing in groups of 4 or 2 channels (positive logic outputs) TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/ 16R23 Connection Bases Aim of this section This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23 connection bases. Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R21 and ABE7H16R20/R21/R23 Bases for Type 2 Inputs At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases. NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow · output functions: 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16R·· base 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H08R·· base 316 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration Connections for input and output functions. Connecting the common for sensors: · In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the `+' of the supply (positive logic inputs). Connecting the common for pre-actuators: · In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the `-' of the supply (positive logic outputs). 35012474.18 317 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases Aim of this section This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 connection bases. Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Bases At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases. NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow · output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R·· base Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. 318 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration Connections for input and output functions. Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the common for sensors: · In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the `+' of the supply (positive logic inputs). Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the `-` polarity. Connecting the common for pre-actuators: · In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the `-' of the supply (positive logic outputs). Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the `-` polarity TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases Aim of this section This section introduces the connection basesTELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21. 35012474.18 319 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Bases with One Isolator per Channel At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases. NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow · output functions: 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16S21 base 6.3 A quick blow on the ABE-7H08S21 base Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. 320 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration Connections for input and output functions. Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the common for sensors: · In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the `+' of the supply (positive logic inputs). Connecting the common for actuators: · In order to create the shared supply for the actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the `-' of the supply (positive logic outputs). TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base Aim of this section This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21. 35012474.18 321 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12S21 Base with 1 Isolator per Channel At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor and actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2 base. NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow · output functions: 6.3A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12S21 base Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. 322 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration Connections for input and output functions. Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the common for sensors: · In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the `+' of the supply (positive logic inputs). Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the `-` polarity. Connecting the common for pre-actuators: · In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper (2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the `-' of the supply (positive logic outputs). Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the `-` polarity. TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases Aim of this section This section introduces the connection basesTELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31. 35012474.18 323 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R30/R31 Bases At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor connections on TELEFAST 2 bases. NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5A quick-blow Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. 324 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration Input function connections. Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the common for sensors: · to create the shared sensor supply: position the jumper wire (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminal blocks 200 to 215 will be at the "+" of the supply link terminal 4 to one of the C terminals of the 3rd level (2): terminal blocks 300 to 315 will be at the "-" of the supply NOTE: The ABE-7H16R30/R31 base can also be used for connecting actuators. TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base Aim of this section This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50. 35012474.18 325 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R50 Bases At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2 base. NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow · output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R50 base Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. 326 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration Connections for input and output functions. Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the common for sensors: · onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the `+' of the supply (positive logic inputs). Terminals 200, 201, 202 and 203 are linked to the `-` polarity Connecting the common for pre-actuators: · several terminals linked to the `-` polarity (3, 4, 200, 202, and 203) allow sharing in groups of 4 or 2 channels (positive logic outputs) TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base Aim of this section This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50. Sensor and Actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R50 Base At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor and actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2 base. 35012474.18 327 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, fast-blow fuse rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum current allowable in the base. Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base: · input functions: 0.5A fast blow · output functions: 2A fast blow on the ABE-7H16R50 base Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. Illustration Connections for input and output functions. 328 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Connecting the common for sensors: · onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the `+' of the supply (positive logic inputs) Connecting the common for actuators: · onto terminals 3 or 4: actuators to the `-' of the supply (positive logic outputs) TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base Aim of this section This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43. Actuator Connections on ABE-7H16F43 Output Base with One Fuse and One isolator per Channel At a Glance This is an overview of the actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases. Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. 35012474.18 329 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration Output connection functions. TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Functionality per channel: · original fitted 0.125 A fuse · isolator cuts the `-' and the channel signal simultaneously NOTE: Terminals 200..215 are connected to the `-' polarity of the supply. TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base Aim of this section This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43. Sensor Connections on ABE-7H16S43 Output Base with One Fuse and One Isolator per Channel At a Glance This is an overview of the sensor connections on TELEFAST 2 bases. 330 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Illustration Description of the connection terminal blocks. Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration Input function connections. Functionality per channel: · 0.125 A fuse fitted during manufacture · isolator cuts the `+' and the channel signal simultaneously NOTE: Terminals 200...215 are connected to the `+' polarity of the supply. 35012474.18 331 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Aim of this Section This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 connection bases' range of accessories. TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog At a Glance This is an overview of the TELEFAST 2 connection base accessories catalog for discrete I/O modules. Catalog The table below shows the TELEFAST 2 connection base accessories catalog. Product reference Illustration Additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV10 ABE-7BV20 Description Terminal block fitted with 10 screw terminal blocks Terminal block fitted with 20 screw terminal blocks Adapter base ABE-7ACC02 Mounting kit ABE-7ACC01 Sealed cable lead-through ABE-7ACC84 Transit through cabinet ABE-7ACC83 Enables the connection of 16 channels in 2 x 8-channel groups Enables the bases to be mounted on monoblock mounting plates Allows transit through cabinets without cutting the cables 40-pin connectors for 8/12 channels -> M23 cylindrical connector 332 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Product reference ABE-7ACC82 Illustration Description 40-pin connectors for 16 channels -> M23 cylindrical connector ABE-7ACC80 40-pin connectors for 32 channels -> HARTING type connector ABE-7ACC81 Removable continuity module ABE-7ACC20 ABE-7ACC21 Customer identification label marking software ABE-7LOGV10 5 x 20 quick-blow glass fuse ABE-7FU012 ABE-7FU050 ABE-7FU100 ABE-7FU200 ABE-7FU630 Adhesive marker holder Plug-in connector for ABE-7ACC80 Width 10 mm Width 12.5 mm - 0.125 A 0.5 A 1A 2A 6.3 A 35012474.18 333 Discrete Input/Output Modules Product reference AR1-SB3 Illustration TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Description For AB1-R. / AB1-G type markers Relays for ABE-7R16T···, ABE-7P16T··· and ABE-7P16F··· bases ABR-7S··· (1) ABS-7S··· (2) ABE-7S3·· and ABE-7S2·· Output electromechanical relay (4) Output static relay (4) ABS-7E··· (3) Input static relay (4) (1) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical Output Relays, page 336. (2) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays, page 338. (3) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays, page 337. (4) Contingency table of relays for bases, see Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases, page 334. Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases At a Glance The table for comparison between the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7R16T···, ABE-7P16T··· and ABE-7P16F··· link bases and the electromagnetic or static relays is described here. Compatibility Table The table below shows the association possibilities for the electromagnetic or static relays on the TELEFAST 2 bases. 334 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Bases ABE-7·· equipped with electromagnetic relays R16T21· R16T23· R16T33· R16T370 Electromagnetic relays from ABR-7··· output 10 mm S21 1F X - - - S23 1OF X (1) X - - 12.5 mm S33 1OF - - X - S37 2OF - - - X Static relays from ABS-S·· output 10 mm C2E X (1) - - - A2M X (1) - - - 12.5 mm C3BA - - X (1) - C3E - - X (1) - A3M - - X (1) - Static relays from ABS-7E·· input 12.5 mm C3AL - - - - C3B2 - - - - C3E2 - - - - A3E5 - - - - A3F5 - - - - A3F6 - - - - A3M5 - - - - A3M6 - - - - ABE-7··· continuity block 10 mm ACC20 X - 12.5 mm ACC21 - - - - X - X compatible - not compatible (1) relays can be in line (2) except on ABE-7P16T334 not equipped with relays P16T21· P16T33· P16T318 X - - - - - - X X - - - X - - X - - - X (2) X - X X - X X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X - - - X X P16F31· - - X X X X X X X X - 35012474.18 335 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical Output Relays At a Glance The general characteristics of the removable ABR-7··· electromechanical output relays for TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section. General Characteristics This table shows the general characteristics of the ABR-7··· relays. ABR-7··· reference Relay width Characteristics of the contacts Composition of the contacts Max. operating voltage according to IEC 947-5-1 Alternating Thermal current Frequency of current used Direct Alternating current load Resistive, load AC12 Voltage Inductive load AC15 Current Voltage Direct current load Resistive, load DC12 Current Voltage Minimum switching Inductive load DC13, L/R = 10 ms Current Voltage Current Current Voltage Response time Maximum speed of function loading State 0 to 1 State 1 to 0 Voltage assigned insulation Coil/contact Voltage assigned shock resistance (1.2/50) Coil/contact S21 S23 10 mm 1F 1 OF 250 V 125 V 4A 50/60 Hz 230 VAC 1.5 A 230 VAC 1.2 A 0.9 A 24 VDC 0.7 A 1.5 A 24 VDC 1.2 A 0.6 A 10 mA 5V 0.45 A 10 ms 5 ms 0.5 Hz 300 V 2.5 kV 336 S33 S37 12.5 mm 264 V 2 OF 5A 3A 2.5 A 1.7 A 1.3 A 3A 2.5 A 1.4 A 1A 100 mA 13 ms 13 ms 15 ms 20 ms 35012474.18 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules (1) for 0.5 x 106 maneuvers Discrete Input/Output Modules Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays At a Glance The general characteristics of the removable ABS-7E·· static input relays for TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section. General Characteristics This table shows the general characteristics of the ABS-7E·· relays. ABS-7E·· reference Relay width Command characteristics Assigned operating voltage (Us) Direct Alternating Max. operating voltage (including ripple) Max. current at Us State 1 guaranteed Voltage State 0 guaranteed Current Voltage Current Maximum switching frequency (cyclic report 50%) Complies with IEC1131-2 Response time Voltage assigned to insulation Voltage assigned to shock resistance (1.2/50) State 0 to 1 State 1 to 0 Input/output Input/output C3AL C3B2 12.5 mm 5V 24 V - 6V 30 V 13.6 mA 15 mA 3.75 V 11 V 4.5 mA 2V 6 mA 5V 0.09 mA 2 mA 1000 Hz 0.05 ms 0.4 ms 300 V Type 2 2.5 kV C3E2 48 V 60 V 30 V 10 V A3E5 A3F5 A3M5 48 V 53 V 12 mA 32 V 5 mA 1.5 mA 25 Hz 110..130 V 143 V 8.3 mA 79 V 30 V 2 mA 230..240 V 264 V 8 mA 164 V 4.5 mA 40 V Type 1 20 ms 20 ms 35012474.18 337 Discrete Input/Output Modules TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays At a Glance The general characteristics of the removable ABS-7S·· static output relays for TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section. General Characteristics This table shows the general characteristics of the ABS-7S·· relays. ABS-7S·· reference Relay width Output circuit characteristics Voltage assigned to job Direct Alternating Max. voltage Alternating current load Direct current load Resistive, load AC12 Current Resistive, load DC12 Current Inductive load Current DC13 Filament lamp load DC6 Leakage current at state 0 Breakdown voltage at state 1 Minimum current through channel Response time State 0 to 1 State 1 to 0 Switching frequency on inductive load Voltage assigned to insulation Voltage assigned to shock resistance (1.2/50) Input/output Input/output C2E 10 mm A2M 5..48 V 57.6 VDC - 24..240 V 264 VAC 0.5 A 0.5 A - - - <= 0.5 mA <= 1 V 1 mA 0.1 ms 0.6 ms 300 V <= 2 mA <= 1.1 V 10 mA 10 ms 10 ms 2.5 kV C3BA C3E 12.5 mm 24 V 30 VDC - 5..48 V 60 VDC 2A 1.5 A 0.3 A <= 0.3 mA <= 0.3 V 1 mA 0.1 ms 0.02 ms < 0.5 LI2 10 W <= 1.3 V 0.6 ms - A3M 24..240 V 264 VAC 2A <= 2 mA 10 mA 10 ms 10 ms 338 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Software Implementation What's in This Part General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function ............................................................................... 340 Configuration......................................................................... 342 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects ................................................................................ 354 Debugging ............................................................................ 371 Diagnostics of the Modules .................................................... 376 Subject of this Part This part describes the application-specific discrete functions for Modicon Mx80 PLCs and describes their implementation with the Control Expert software. 35012474.18 339 Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function General Introduction to the ApplicationSpecific Discrete Function What's in This Chapter Overview............................................................................... 340 Subject of this Section This chapter describes the application-specific discrete function on Modicon Mx80 PLCs. Overview Introduction The software installation of the application-specific modules is carried out from various Control Expert editors in both online and offline modes. If you do not have a processor to connect to, Control Expert allows you to carry out an initial test using the simulator. In this case there are differences in the installation, page 341. The following order of installation phases is recommended but it is possible to change the order of certain phases (for example, starting with the configuration phase). Installation Phases with Processor The following table shows the various phases of installation with the processor. Phase Declaration of variables Programming Configuration Association Description Declaration of IODDT-type variables for the application-specific modules and variables of the project Project programming Declaration of modules Module channel configuration Entry of configuration parameters Association of IODDTs with the channels configured (variable editor) Mode Offline / Online Offline / Online Offline Offline / Online 340 35012474.18 General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function Discrete Input/Output Modules Phase Generation Transfer Adjustment Debugging Documentation Operation/ Diagnostic Description Project generation (analysis and editing of links) Transfer project to PLC Project debugging from debug screens, animation tables Modifying the program and adjustment parameters Building documentation file and printing miscellaneous information relating to the project Displaying miscellaneous information necessary for supervisory control of the project Diagnostic of project and modules Mode Offline Online Online Offline / Online Online Implementation Phases with Simulator The following table shows the various phases of installation with the simulator. Phase Declaration of variables Programming Configuration Association Generation Transfer Simulation Adjustment Debugging Description Declaration of IODDT-type variables for the application-specific modules and variables of the project Project programming Declaration of modules Module channel configuration Entry of configuration parameters Association of IODDTs with the modules configured (variable editor) Project generation (analysis and editing of links) Transfer project to simulator Program simulation without inputs/outputs Project debugging from debug screens, animation tables Modifying the program and adjustment parameters Mode Offline / Online Offline / Online Offline Offline / Online Offline Online Online Online Note: The simulator is only used for the discrete or analog modules. 35012474.18 341 Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration Configuration What's in This Chapter Configuration of a Discrete Module: General Points .................. 342 Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters........................ 347 Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters .......................... 350 Subject of this Section This section describes the configuration of application-specific discrete modules for implementation. Configuration of a Discrete Module: General Points Subject of this Section This section describes the basic operations required to configure a Modicon X80 discrete module. Discrete Module Configuration Screen in Modicon Mx80 local rack At a Glance The configuration screen is a graphic tool designed for configuring a module selected in a rack. It displays the parameters defined for this module's channels, and enables their modification in offline mode and on-line mode. It also provides access to the debug screen (in on-line mode only). NOTE: It is not possible to configure a module by programming using direct language objects %KW, page 364; these words are accessible in read only format. NOTE: With module firmware 2.4 or later, you can access the modules either via topological or State RAM addresses. Please refer to Memory Tab (see EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Operating Modes) and Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80 Discrete Modules, page 380. 342 35012474.18 Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration This screen enables the display and modification of parameters in offline mode, as well as debug in online mode. Description The next table shows the various elements of the configuration screen and their functions. Address 1 2 Element Tabs Module area Function The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Configuration in this example). Every mode can be selected using the respective tab. The Debug mode is only accessible in online mode. Specifies the abbreviated heading of the module. In online mode, this area also includes the three LEDs: Run, Err and IO. 35012474.18 343 Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration Address 3 4 5 Element Channel area General parameters area Configuration zone Function Allows you: · by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs: Description which gives the characteristics of the device I/O Objects, (see EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Operating Modes) which is used to pre-symbolize the input/output objects Fault which shows the device status (in on-line mode) · to select a channel · to display the Symbol, name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable editor) Allows you to select the associated function and task in groups of 8 channels: · Function: defines the configuration/de-configuration of the channel group selected (other than groups 0 to 7) · Task: defines the task (MAST, FAST) in which channel default exchange objects will be exchanged The check box Supply monitoring defines the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring (available only on some discrete modules). The Reset and Fallback mode drop-down menus enable you to configure the output reset and output fallback mode (available only on some discrete modules). Enables the configuration of parameters for the various channels. This field includes various items, displayed according to the selected discrete module. The Symbol column displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by the user (using the variable editor). Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop At a Glance The various available screens for the discrete modules are: · Configuration screen · Type 344 35012474.18 Configuration Illustration This screen shows the configuration screen: Discrete Input/Output Modules Description This table shows the various elements of the configuration screen and their functions. 35012474.18 345 Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration Address 1 2 3 4 5 Element Tabs Module area Channel area General parameters area Configuration zone Function The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Configuration in this example). Every mode can be selected using the respective tab: · Overview · Configuration · Device DDT which gives the Device DDT, page 365 name and typeof the device Specifies the abbreviated heading of the module. Allows you: · by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs: Description which gives the characteristics of the device · to select a channel · to display the Symbol, name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable editor) NOTE: All channel are activated and a channel cannot be de-activated to None. Allows you to select the associated function and task in groups of 8 channels: · Function: defines the configuration/de-configuration of the channel group selected (other than groups 0 to 7) · Task: defines the (MAST) task in which channel default exchange objects are exchanged The check box Supply monitoring defines the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring for the 16-channel group selected (available only on 16, 32 and 64 channel discrete modules). In a user application the WRITE_CMD(in a X80 drop) or the WRITE_CMD_QX(in an EIO drop) can also defines the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring and overrides the Supply monitoring setting. WRITE_CMD_QXonly works over the first 8 channels (0...7, 16...23, 32...39 and 48...55) of the 16 channel groups, but affects all 16 channels of the group. WRITE_CMDworks over any of the 16 channels of a channel group and affects all 16 channels of the group. WRITE_CMDalso allows reactivation of tripped outputs. The Reactivate and Fallback mode drop-down menus enable you to configure the output reset and output fallback mode (available only on some discrete modules). Enables the configuration of parameters for the various channels. This field includes various items, displayed according to the selected discrete module. The Symbol column displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by the user (using the variable editor). 346 35012474.18 Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters Subject of this Section This section presents the various parameters of input and output channels for discrete modules. Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack At a Glance The discrete input module includes different parameters per channel. The channels are divided into blocks of 8 or 16 consecutive channels. Parameters The following table displays the parameters available for each in-rack discrete input module. Reference Module BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 1604T BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 3203 BMX DDI 3232 BMX DDI 6402 K BMX DAI 0805 BMX DAI 0814 BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1604 BMX DAI 1614 Number of inputs Associated task (8-channel group) 16 Mast / Fast 16 Mast / Fast 16 Mast / Fast 32 Mast / Fast 32 Mast / Fast 32 Mast / Fast 64 Mast / Fast 8 Mast / Fast 8 Mast / Fast 16 Mast / Fast 16 Mast / Fast 16 Mast / Fast 16 Mast / Fast Function (8-channel group) Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs Discrete inputs Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Discrete inputs / None Supply monitoring (16-channel group) Wiring Check (Input by input) Active / Inactive Active/ Inactive Active / Inactive Active / Inactive Active / Inactive Active / Inactive Active / Inactive Active / Inactive Active / Inactive Active / Inactive Active / Inactive Inactive / Active Inactive / Active 35012474.18 347 Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration Reference Module BMX DAI 1615 Number of inputs Associated task (8-channel group) 16 Mast / Fast Function (8-channel group) Discrete inputs / None BMX DDM 16022 8 (inputs) BMX DDM 16025 8 (inputs) BMX DDM 3202 K 16 (inputs) Mast / Fast Mast / Fast Mast / Fast Discrete inputs Discrete inputs Discrete inputs / None Supply monitoring (16-channel group) Wiring Check (Input by input) Inactive / Active Active / Inactive Inactive / Active Active / Inactive Active / Inactive NOTE: Parameters indicated in bold characters are part of the default configuration. NOTE: The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 discrete mixed input/output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23. Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in Rack At a Glance The discrete output modules include several parameters per channel. The channels are divided into blocks of 8 or 16 consecutive channels. Parameters The following table displays the parameters available for each of the discrete output module. Reference Module BMX DAO 1605 BMX DAO 1615 8-channel group Number of outputs 16 16 Reset Programmed/ Automatic Programmed/ Automatic Associated task Fallback mode Mast / Fast Fallback/ Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback/ Maintain Function Discrete output / None Discrete output / None 16channel group Supply monitoring Active / Inactive Channel by channel Fallback value 0/1 Active / 0/1 Inactive 348 35012474.18 Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules 8-channel group Reference Module BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 Number of outputs 8 (outputs) 8 (outputs) Reset Programmed / Automatic - BMX DDM 3202 K BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K BMX DRA 0804T 16 (outputs) 16 16 32 64 8 Programmed / Automatic Programmed / Automatic Programmed/ Automatic Programmed / Automatic Programmed / Automatic - BMX DRA 0805 8 - BMX DRA 0815 8 - BMX DRA 1605 16 - BMX DRC 0805 8 - Associated task Fallback mode Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback/ Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Mast / Fast Fallback / Maintain Function Discrete outputs / None Discrete outputs / None Discrete outputs / None Discrete outputs / None Discrete output / None Discrete outputs / None Discrete outputs / None Discrete outputs Discrete outputs Discrete outputs Discrete outputs / None Discrete outputs 16channel group Supply monitoring Active / Inactive Channel by channel Fallback value 0/1 Active / 0/1 Inactive Active / 0/1 Inactive Active / 0/1 Inactive Active / 0/1 Inactive Active / 0/1 Inactive Active / 0/1 Inactive - 0/1 - 0/1 - 0/1 - 0/1 - 0/1 NOTE: The parameters in bold correspond to the parameters configured by default. NOTE: The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 discrete mixed input/output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23. 35012474.18 349 Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters Configuration Subject of this Section This section presents general rules for implementing various configuration parameters for discrete input/output channels. How to Modify the Task Parameter At a Glance This parameter defines the processor task where input acquisitions and output updates are performed. The task is defined for 8 consecutive channels in the case of on-rack discrete modules. The possible choices are as follows: · MAST task · FAST task NOTE: Modifying the Task parameter is only possible in off-line mode. Procedure The following table shows how to define the type of task assigned to module channels. Step 1 2 Action Open the desired module configuration screen. Click on the Task button of the drop-down menu to assign a task to the group you wish. Result: The following list appears. 3 Choose the desired task. 4 Confirm the modification with the Edit > Validate menu command. 350 35012474.18 Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter At a Glance This parameter defines the status (activation or deactivation) of external power supply error monitoring. It runs in groups of 16 consecutive channels. Monitoring is active by default (box checked). Procedure The following table shows how to disable or enable the external power supply monitoring function. Step 1 2 3 Action Open the desired module configuration screen. Check the Supply monitor box in the General Parameters area. Result : The I/O editor window appears. Click OK. Validate the change by clicking Edit > Validate. How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter At a Glance This parameter defines the fallback mode adopted by outputs when the PLC switches to STOP due to: · a processor error · a rack connection error · an inter-rack cable connection error · a STOP command in Control Expert. The modes are as follows: Mode Fallback Maintenance Meaning Channels are set to 0 or 1 according to the defined fallback value for the corresponding 8channel group. The outputs remain in the status they were in before switching to Stop. 35012474.18 351 Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration Procedure The following table shows the procedure for defining the fallback mode to be assigned to a channel group. Step 1 2 Action Open the desired module configuration screen. For the desired channel group, click on the arrow of the Fallback mode drop-down menu. Result : The following list appears. 3 Select the desired fallback mode. 4 For Fallback mode, configure each channel of the selected group. To do this, click on the drop-down menu arrow of the channel to be configured, located in the Fall Back Value column. 5 Click on the desired value (0 or 1). 6 Confirm the modification with the Edit > Validate menu command. How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter At a Glance This parameter defines the reactivation mode of disconnected outputs. The modes are as follows. Mode Programmed Automatic Meaning Reactivation is executed with a command from the PLC application or through the appropriate debug screen. Remark: In order to avoid repeated reactivations, the module ensures an automatic 10s delay between two resets. The reactivation is executed automatically every 10s until the error disappears. The reactivation mode is defined for 8-channel groups. Procedure The following table shows the procedure for defining the module output channel reset mode. 352 35012474.18 Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules Step 1 2 Action Open the desired module configuration screen. For the desired channel group, click on the arrow of the Reactivate drop-down menu. Result : The following list appears. 3 Select the required reactivation mode. 4 Validate the modification by clicking Edit > Confirm. 35012474.18 353 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects What's in This Chapter Language Objects and IODDT ................................................ 354 Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs.............................. 355 Subject of this Section This chapter describes the language objects associated with application-specific discrete modules from various IODDT. Language Objects and IODDT Subject of this Section This section provides general information about language objects and IODDTs for Discrete. Description of the Discrete Function Objects Languages General Points Discrete modules have different associated IODDTs. The IODDTs are predefined by the manufacturer. They contain input/output languages objects belonging to a channel of a specific application module. There are 4 IODDT types for the discrete modules: · T_DIS_IN_GEN · T_DIS_IN_STD · T_DIS_OUT_GEN · T_DIS_OUT_STD NOTE: IODDT variables may be created in two ways: · using the I/O objects (see EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Operating Modes) tab · using the Data Editor 354 35012474.18 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules Language Object Types Each IODDT contains a group of language objects which are used to control them and check their operation. There are two types of language objects: · Implicit Exchange Objects, which are automatically exchanged at each cycle pass of the task associated to the module · Explicit Exchange Objects, which are exchanged upon demand from the application, while using explicit exchange instructions Implicit exchanges concern the module inputs/outputs: measurement, information, and operation results. Explicit exchanges enable module configuration and diagnosis. NOTE: In order to avoid several simultaneous explicit exchanges for the same channel, it is necessary to test the value of the word EXCH_STS of the IODDT associated to the channel before to call EF using this channel. Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs Subject of this Section This section presents the different IODDT languages objects related to discrete input/output modules and the Device DDTs. IODDT Links IODDT Link Table This table describes the IODDT linked to each discrete input/output module: Module Reference BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 1604T BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 3203 BMX DDI 3232 IODDTs linked to discrete module T_DIS_IN_GEN T_DIS_IN_STD x x x x x x x x x x x x T_DIS_OUT_GEN - T_DIS_OUT_STD - 35012474.18 355 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Module Reference BMX DDI 6402 K BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1604 BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1615 BMX DAI 0805 BMX DAI 0814 BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K BMX DRA 0804T BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 0815 BMX DRA 1605 BMX DRC 0805 BMX DAO 1605 BMX DAO 1615 BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDM 3202 K X: Linked -: Not linked IODDTs linked to discrete module T_DIS_IN_GEN T_DIS_IN_STD x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - x x x x x x T_DIS_OUT_GEN x x x x x x x x x x x x x x T_DIS_OUT_STD x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange At a glance This section describes T_DIS_IN_GEN type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to all discrete input modules. 356 35012474.18 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules Input Flag The following table presents the VALUE (%Ir.m.c) bit meaning. Standard symbol VALUE Type Access EBOOL R Meaning Indicates that the status of the sensor controlling the input channel c. Address %Ir.m.c Error Bit The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning. Standard symbol CH_ERROR Type BOOL Access Meaning R Indicates that c input channel is in error. Address %Ir.m.c.ERR Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange At a Glance This section presents IODDT implicit exchange objects of the T_DIS_IN_STD-type applicable to discrete input modules. Input Flag The following table shows the VALUE (%Ir.m.c) bit meaning. Standard symbol VALUE Type Access EBOOL R Meaning Indicates that the status of the sensor controlling the input channel c. Address %Ir.m.c Error Bit The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning. Standard symbol CH_ERROR Type BOOL Access Meaning R Indicates that c input channel is in error. Address %Ir.m.c.ERR 35012474.18 357 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange At a Glance This section presents IODDT explicit exchange objects of the T_DIS_IN_STD type applicable to discrete input modules. This section includes the word type objects whose bits have a specific meaning. These objects are explained in detail below. Example of a declaration of a variable: IODDT_VAR1 of type T_DIS_INT_STD NOTE: In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation is given for each status of the bit. NOTE: Not all bits are used. Execution Indicators for an Explicit Exchange: EXCH_STS The following table shows exchange control bit meanings for channel EXCH_STS (%MWr.m. c.0). Standard symbol STS_IN_PROGR CMD_IN_PROGR Type BOOL BOOL Access R R Meaning Read channel status words in progress Command parameter exchange in progress Address %MWr.m.c.0.0 %MWr.m.c.0.1 Explicit Exchange Report: EXCH_RPT The table below presents the meaning of the EXCH_RPT exchange report bits (%MWr.m. c.1). Standard symbol STS_ERR CMD_ERR Type BOOL BOOL Access R R Meaning Error in reading status words of the channel (1 = error) Error during a command parameter exchange (1 = error) Address %MWr.m.c.1.0 %MWr.m.c.1.1 Standard Channel Status: CH_FLT The table below shows the meaning of the bits of the status word CH_FLT (%MWr.m.c.2). Reading is performed by a READ_STS (IODDT_VAR1). 358 35012474.18 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules Standard symbol Type Access Meaning TRIP BOOL R External event: Tripped FUSE BOOL R External event: Fuse BLK BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired EXT_PS_FLT BOOL R External supply event INTERNAL_FLT BOOL R Internal event module inoperative CONF_FLT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration error COM_FLT BOOL R Communication interruption SHORT_CIRCUIT BOOL R External event: Short-circuit on a channel LINE_FLT BOOL R Open wire detection(1) (1) Only for BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1615 modules Number %MWr.m.c.2.0 %MWr.m.c.2.1 %MWr.m.c.2.2 %MWr.m.c.2.3 %MWr.m.c.2.4 %MWr.m.c.2.5 %MWr.m.c.2.6 %MWr.m.c.2.8 %MWr.m.c.2.9 Status Word: CH_CMD The table below shows the CH_CMD (%MWr.m.c.3) status word bit meanings. The command is made by a WRITE_CMD (IODDT_VAR1). Standard symbol PS_CTRL_DIS PS_CTRL_EN Type BOOL BOOL Access Meaning R/W Disable control of the external supply. R/W Enable control of the external supply. Number %MWr.m.c.3.1 %MWr.m.c.3.2 NOTE: The control of the external power supply is managed to enable or disable a group of 16-channels from the PLC application and through a WRITE_CMD instruction addressing the 1st channel of 16-channel group (that is, channel 0, 16, 32, 46). However this command does not work with the last eight channels of the 16-channel groups (that is, channels 8..15, 24..31, 40..47, 56..63). Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange At a Glance This section presents T_DIS_OUT_GEN type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to discrete output modules. Output Flag The following table presents the VALUE (%Qr.m.c) bit meaning. 35012474.18 359 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Standard symbol VALUE Type Access Meaning EBOOL R/W Indicates the status of the c output channel Number %Qr.m.c Error Bit The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning. Standard symbol CH_ERROR Type BOOL Access Meaning R Indicates that c output channel is in error Number %Ir.m.c.ERR Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange At a Glance This section presents T_DIS_OUT_STD type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that applies to discrete output modules. Output Flag The following table presents the VALUE (%Qr.m.c) bit meanings. Standard symbol VALUE Type EBOOL Access Meaning R/W Indicates the status of the c output channel Number %Qr.m.c Error Bit The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning. Standard symbol CH_ERROR Type BOOL Access Meaning R Indicates that c input channel is in error Number %Ir.m.c.ERR 360 35012474.18 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange At a Glance This section presents T_DIS_OUT_STD type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange that applies to discrete output modules. It includes the word type objects whose bits have a specific meaning. These objects are explained in detail below. Example of a declaration of a variable: IODDT_VAR1 of the T_DIS_OUT_STD type NOTE: In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation is given for each status of the bit. NOTE: Not all bits are used. Execution Indicators for an Explicit Exchange: EXCH_STS The table below shows the meanings of channel exchange control bits from channel EXCH_ STS (%MWr.m.c.0). Standard symbol STS_IN_PROGR CMD_IN_PROGR Type BOOL BOOL Access Meaning R Read channel status words in progress R Command parameter exchange in progress Address %MWr.m.c.0.0 %MWr.m.c.0.1 Explicit Exchange Report: EXCH_RPT The table below presents the meaning of the EXCH_RPT exchange report bits (%MWr.m. c.1). Standard symbol STS_ERR CMD_ERR Type BOOL BOOL Access R R Meaning Error in reading status words of the channel (1 = error) Error during a command parameter exchange (1 = error) Address %MWr.m.c.1.0 %MWr.m.c.1.1 Standard Channel Status: CH_FLT The table below shows the meaning of the bits of the status word CH_FLT (%MWr.m.c.2). Reading is performed by a READ_STS (IODDT_VAR1). 35012474.18 361 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Standard symbol TRIP FUSE BLK EXT_PS_FLT INTERNAL_FLT CONF_FLT COM_FLT SHORT_CIRCUIT LINE_FLT Type BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL BOOL Access Meaning R External event: Tripped R External event: Fuse R Terminal block incorrectly wired R External supply event R Internal event module inoperative R Hardware or software configuration error R Communication interruption R External event: Short-circuit on a channel R Reserved for evolution Number %MWr.m.c.2.0 %MWr.m.c.2.1 %MWr.m.c.2.2 %MWr.m.c.2.3 %MWr.m.c.2.4 %MWr.m.c.2.5 %MWr.m.c.2.6 %MWr.m.c.2.8 %MWr.m.c.2.9 Status word: CH_CMD The table below shows the CH_CMD (%MWr.m.c.3) status word bit meanings. The command is made by a WRITE_CMD (IODDT_VAR1). Standard symbol REAC_OUT PS_CTRL_DIS PS_CTRL_EN Type BOOL BOOL BOOL Access Meaning R/W Reactivation of tripped outputs (protected outputs) R/W Inhibit control of external supply R/W Validation of the external supply control Address %MWr.m.c.3.0 %MWr.m.c.3.1 %MWr.m.c.3.2 NOTE: This object is specific to output modules with reactivation. NOTE: The control of the external power supply is managed to enable or disable a group of 16-channels from the PLC application and through a WRITE_CMD instruction addressing the 1st channel of 16-channel group (i.e. channel 0, 16, 32, 46). However this command does not work with the last eight channels of the 16-channel groups (i.e. channels 8..15, 24..31, 40..47, 56..63). Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_MOD Introduction The Modicon X80 modules have an associated IODDT of type T_GEN_MOD. 362 35012474.18 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules Observations In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an explanation is given for each status of the bit. Some bits are not used. List of Objects The table below presents the objects of the IODDT. Standard Symbol MOD_ERROR EXCH_STS STS_IN_PROGR EXCH_RPT STS_ERR MOD_FLT MOD_FAIL CH_FLT BLK CONF_FLT NO_MOD EXT_MOD_FLT MOD_FAIL_EXT CH_FLT_EXT BLK_EXT CONF_FLT_EXT NO_MOD_EXT Type BOOL INT BOOL Access R R R INT R BOOL R INT R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R BOOL R Meaning Address Module detected error bit %Ir.m.MOD.ERR Module exchange control word %MWr.m.MOD.0 Reading of status words of the module in progress %MWr.m.MOD.0.0 Exchange report word %MWr.m.MOD.1 Event when reading module status words %MWr.m.MOD.1.0 Internal detected errors word of the module %MWr.m.MOD.2 module inoperable %MWr.m.MOD.2.0 Inoperative channel(s) %MWr.m.MOD.2.1 Terminal block incorrectly wired %MWr.m.MOD.2.2 Hardware or software configuration anomaly %MWr.m.MOD.2.5 Module missing or inoperative %MWr.m.MOD.2.6 Internal detected errors word of the module (Fipio %MWr.m.MOD.2.7 extension only) Internal detected error, module unserviceable (Fipio extension only) %MWr.m.MOD.2.8 Inoperative channel(s) (Fipio extension only) %MWr.m.MOD.2.9 Terminal block incorrectly wired (Fipio extension %MWr.m.MOD.2.10 only) Hardware or software configuration anomaly (Fipio extension only) %MWr.m.MOD.2.13 Module missing or inoperative (Fipio extension only) %MWr.m.MOD.2.14 35012474.18 363 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants Module level constants The table following presents the %KW common for each channel group of the module: Object %KWr.m.c.0 with c = 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56. %KWr.m.c.1 byte 0 Type Detail Channel group INT For each channel group bit 0: Validation input function = 1 0-7 8-15 16-23 24-31 32-39 40-47 48-55 56-63 1 st 2 nd 3 rd 4 th 5 th 6 th 7 th 8 th grp grp grp grp grp grp grp grp bit 1: Validation output function = 1 bit 2: Strategy of fallback: 1 = get value, 0 = stay at current value bit 3: Input filtering (1 = fast, 0 = normal), fixed at 0 bit 4: Ouput protection (1 = yes, 0 = no) bit 5: Rearm outputs: 1 = automatic, 0 = by command bit 6: Not used bit 7: Power supply control inhibition (1 = yes, 0 = 0) Fallback value (ouputs) or sensor type (inputs) for channel: bit 8 bit 9 bit 10 bit 11 bit 12 bit 13 bit 14 bit 15 INT byte 08 16 24 32 40 48 56 19 17 25 33 41 49 57 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62 7 15 23 31 39 47 55 63 Validation of Input/output open line control for channel: bit 0 08 16 24 32 40 48 56 364 35012474.18 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules Object byte 1 %KWr.m.c.2 byte 0 byte 1 Type Detail bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 byte bit 8 bit 9 bit 10 bit 11 bit 12 bit 13 bit 14 bit 15 INT byte not used byte not used Channel group 19 17 25 33 41 49 57 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62 7 15 23 31 39 31 55 63 Validation of value memorization for channel: 08 16 24 32 40 48 56 19 17 25 33 41 49 57 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62 7 15 23 31 39 47 55 63 There are one %KWr.m.c.0, one %KWr.m.c.1 and one %KWr.m.c.2 common for all channels for a group in this FB_type NOTE: It is not possible to configure a module by programming using direct language objects %KW; these words are accessible in read only format. Discrete Device DDT Names Introduction This topic describes the Control Expert Discrete Device DDT. The instance default naming is described in Device DDT Instance Naming Rule (see EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Program Languages and Structure, Reference Manual). Regarding the device DDT, its name contains the following information: · platform with: 35012474.18 365 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects U for unified structure between Modicon X80 module and Quantum · device type (DIS for discrete) · function (STD for standard) · direction: IN OUT · max channel (1, 2, 4 ...64) Example For a Modicon X80 module with 16 standard inputs/outputs: T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_ 16 List of Implicit Device DDT The following table shows the list of device DDT and their X80 modules: Device DDT Type T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_32 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_64 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_8 Modicon X80 Devices BMX DAI 0805 BMX DAI 0814 BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1604 BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1615 BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 1604 BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 3203 BMX DDI 3232 BMX DDI 6404K BMX DRA 0804 BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 0815 BMX DRC 0805 366 35012474.18 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Device DDT Type T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_16 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_32 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_64 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8_OUT_8 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16 Discrete Input/Output Modules Modicon X80 Devices BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 1602 BMX DAO 1605 BMX DAO 1615 BMX DRA 1605 BMX DDO 3202K BMX DDO 6404K BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDM 3202K Implicit Device DDT Description The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_IN_x and the T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_y status word bits: Standard Symbol MOD_HEALTH Type BOOL MOD_FLT1 BYTE DIS_CH_IN ARRAY [0...x-1]of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN DIS_CH_OUT ARRAY [0...y-1] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT 1 Module Status is implicitly exchanged through the MOD_FLT field Meaning 0 = the module has a detected error 1 = the module is operating correctly internal detected errors byte, page 370 of the module array of structure array of structure Access read read The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_IN_x_OUT_y status word bits: Standard Symbol MOD_HEALTH Type BOOL MOD_FLT1 35012474.18 BYTE Meaning 0 = the module has a detected error 1 = the module is operating correctly internal detected errors byte, page 370 of the module Access read read 367 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Standard Symbol Type DIS_CH_IN ARRAY [0...x-1] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN DIS_CH_OUT ARRAY [x...(x+y-1)] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_ OUT 1 Module Status is implicitly exchanged through the MOD_FLT field Meaning array of structure array of structure Access The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN[0...x-1] and the T_U_DIS_STD_ CH_OUT[x...(x+y-1)] structure meaning: Standard Symbol Type Meaning CH_HEALTH BOOL 0 = the channel has a detected error 1 = the channel is operating correctly VALUE EBOOL indicates the status of the sensor controlling the input channel c 1 VALUE of the T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT structure can be accessed in read / write Access read read1 Explicit DDT Instances Description Explicit exchanges (Read Status or Write Command) - only applicable to Modicon X80 I/O channels - are managed with READ_STS_QX or WRITE_CMD_QX EFB instances for Modicon Quantum and by READ_STS_MX or WRITE_CMD_MX EFB instances for Modicon M580. · Targeted channel address (ADDR) can be managed with ADDMX EF (connect ADDMX OUT to ADDR) · READ_STS_QX or READ_STS_MX output parameter (STS) can be connected to a "T_ M_xxx_yyy_CH_STS" DDT instance (variable to be created manually), where: xxx represents the device type yyy represents the function Example: T_M_DIS_STD_CH_STS · WRITE_CMD_QX or WRITE_CMD_MX input parameter (CMD) can be connected to a ""T_M_DIS_STD_xxx_yyy_CMD" DDT instance where: xxx represents the device type yyy represents the direction Example: T_M_DIS_STD_CH_IN_CMD For more details about EF and EFB, refer to EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, I/O Management, Block Library and EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Communication, Block Library. The following table shows the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_STS structure status word bits: 368 35012474.18 Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules Standard Symbol CH_FLT TRIP FUSE BLK EXT_PS_FLT INTERNAL_FLT CONF_FLT Type Bit BOOL 0 BOOL 1 BOOL 2 BOOL 3 BOOL 4 BOOL 5 COM_FLT BOOL 6 BOOL 7 SHORT_CIRCUIT BOOL 8 LINE_FLT BOOL 9 (1) Only for BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1615 modules. Meaning Access external detected error tripped read external detected error: fuse terminal block detected error read read internal detected error: module out of order external supply detected fault read read configuration detected fault: different hardware and software configurations read problem communicating with the PLC read reserved external detected error: short-circuit on a channel Open wire detection(1) read read read The following table presents the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_IN_CMD structure status word bits: Standard Symbol CH_CMD [INT] PS_CTRL_DIS PS_CTRL_EN Type BOOL BOOL Bit Meaning 1 disable control of the external supply 2 enable control of the external supply Access read / write read / write The following table presents the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_OUT_CMD structure status word bits: Standard Symbol Type Bit Meaning Access CH_CMD [INT] REAC_OUT BOOL 0 reactivation of tripped outputs (protected read / write outputs) PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL 1 disable control of the external supply read / write PS_CTRL_EN BOOL 2 enable control of the external supply read / write NOTE: In a user application the WRITE_CMD_QX (in an EIO drop) can also define the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring and overrides the Supply monitoring setting. WRITE_CMD_QX only works over the first 8 channels (0...7, 16...23, 32...39 and 48...55) of the 16-channel groups, but affects all 16 channels of the group. 35012474.18 369 Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects MOD_FLT Byte Description MOD_FLT Byte in Device DDT MOD_FLT byte structure: Bit Symbol 0 MOD_FAIL 1 CH_FLT 2 BLK 3 4 5 CONF_FLT 6 NO_MOD 7 Description · 1: Internal detected error or module failure detected. · 0: No detected error · 1: Inoperative channels. · 0: Channels are operative. · 1: Terminal block detected error. · 0: No detected error. NOTE: This bit may not be managed. · 1: Module in self-test. · 0: Module not in self-test. NOTE: This bit may not be managed. Not used. · 1: Hardware or software configuration detected error. · 0: No detected error. · 1: Module is missing or inoperative. · 0: Module is operating. NOTE: This bit is managed only by modules located in a remote rack with a BME CRA 312 10 adapter module. Modules located in the local rack do not manage this bit that remains at 0. Not used. 370 35012474.18 Debugging Debugging Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Chapter Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module.................................................................................. 371 Debugging Screen ................................................................. 371 How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function......................... 373 How to Access the SET and RESET Commands ...................... 374 How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command.............. 375 Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module ...................................... 375 Subject of this Section This section describes the debugging aspect of the application-specific discrete module for implementation. Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module Introduction For each discrete input/output module, the Debug function enables: · display of the parameters of each of its channels (channel state, filtering value, etc.) · access to the diagnostics and adjustment functions for the selected channel (channel forcing, channel masking, etc.) The function also gives access to module diagnostics in the event of a detected error. NOTE: This function is only available in on-line mode. Debugging Screen At a Glance The debugging screen (see EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Operating Modes) shows, in real time, the value and state of each channel of the selected module. It also allows access to the channel commands (forcing of the input or output value, reactivation of outputs, etc.). 35012474.18 371 Discrete Input/Output Modules Illustration The figure below shows a sample debugging screen. Debugging Description The following table shows the various parts of the debugging screen and their functions. Number 1 2 Element Function Tabs Module area The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Debug in this example). Every mode can be selected using the respective tab. · Debug which can be accessed only in online mode · Configuration Contains the abbreviated title of the module. 372 35012474.18 Debugging Discrete Input/Output Modules Number Element Function In the same area there are 3 LEDs which indicate the module's operating mode: · RUN indicates the operating status of the module · ERR indicates an internal event in the module · I/O indicates an event from outside the module or an application issue 3 Channel area Allows you: · by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs: Description which gives the characteristics of the device I/O Objects, (see EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Operating Modes) which is used to pre-symbolize the input/output objects Fault which shows the device status (in on-line mode) · to select a channel · to display the Symbol, name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable editor) 4 General Specifies the parameters of the channel: parameters area · Function: specifies the function configured. This heading is frozen. The Global unforcing button provides direct access to the global unforcing of channels function. · Task: specifies the MAST or FAST task configured. This heading is frozen. 5 Parameters This field displays the state of inputs and outputs and the various current parameters. in progress field For each channel, four items of information are available: · Symbol displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by the user (using the variable editor) · Value displays the state of each channel of the module · Error provides direct access to channel by channel diagnostics when these are inoperable (indicated by the LED built into the diagnostics access, which turns red) How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function At a Glance This function allows you to modify the state of all or part of the channels of a module. NOTE: The state of a forced output is frozen and can only be modified by the application after unforcing. However, in the event of a detected error leading to output fallback, the state of these outputs -assumes the value defined when configuring the Fallback mode, page 351 parameter. The various commands available are: · for one or more channels: 35012474.18 373 Discrete Input/Output Modules Debugging force to 1 force to 0 unforcing (when the channel or channels selected are forced) · for all the channels on the module (when at least one channel is forced): global unforcing of channels Procedure The following table shows the procedure for forcing or unforcing all or part of the channels of a module. Step 1 2 3 Action for one channel Access the module's debugging screen. In the Value column, right-click the cell of the required channel. Select the required function: · forcing to 0 · forcing to 1 Action for all channels Click on the Global unforcing button found in the general parameters field. How to Access the SET and RESET Commands At a Glance These commands are used to change the state of a module's outputs to 0 (RESET) or 1 (SET). NOTE: The state of the output affected by one of these commands is temporary and can be modified at any time by the application when the PLC is in RUN. Procedure The table below shows the procedure for assigning the value 0 or 1 to all or part of the channels of a module. 374 35012474.18 Debugging Step 1 2 3 Discrete Input/Output Modules Action for one channel Access the module's debugging screen. In the Value column, right-click the cell of the required channel. Select the desired function. · Set · Reset How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command At a Glance When an event has caused a tripped output, this command is used to reactivate the output if no error remains at its terminals. Reset is defined by a group of 8 channels. It has no effect on an inactive channel or channel without a detected error. Procedure The following table shows the procedure for reactivating tripped outputs. Step 1 2 Action Access the module's debugging screen. For the chosen group of channels, click on the Reset button situated in the General parameters field. Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module At a Glance This check (red Stop LED lit) informs the user that a given group of output channels is not correctly applied by the PLC (fallback status). The possible causes are: · processor error · rack connection error · inter-rack link connection error 35012474.18 375 Discrete Input/Output Modules Diagnostics of the Modules Diagnostics of the Modules What's in This Chapter How to Access the Diagnostics Function.................................. 376 How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete Module..................................................................... 377 Subject of this Section This section describes the diagnostic aspect in the implementation of the applicationspecific discrete modules. How to Access the Diagnostics Function At a Glance The Module diagnostics function displays current errors and where they exist. Errors are classified according to their category. · Internal events: module inoperable self-tests running · External events · Other events: configuration error module missing or off inoperative channel(s) A module status is indicated when certain LED's change to red, such as: · in the configuration editor at rack level: the LED of the rack number the LED of the slot number of the module on the rack · in the configuration editor at module level: the I/O LED according to the type of event the Channel LED in the Channel field the Fault tab 376 35012474.18 Diagnostics of the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Procedure The following table shows the procedure for accessing the Module status screen. Step 1 2 Action Access the module's debugging screen. Click on the module reference in the channel zone and select the Fault command. Result: The list of module errors appears. Remark: It is not possible to access the module diagnostics screen if a configuration error, major breakdown error, or module missing error occurs. The following message then appears on the screen: The module is not present or is different from the one configured in this position. How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete Module At a Glance The Channel diagnostics function displays current errors and where they exist. Errors are classified according to their category: · Internal events: inoperative channel · External events: 35012474.18 377 Discrete Input/Output Modules Diagnostics of the Modules link or sensor supply fault · Other events: terminal block incorrectly wired configuration error communication interruption A channel error appears in the Debug tab when the column, turns red. LED, located in the Error Procedure The following table shows the procedure for accessing the Channel error screen. Step 1 2 Action Access the module's debugging screen. Click on the button situated in the Error column of the inoperative channel. Result: The list of channel errors appears. Note: Channel diagnostics information can also be accessed by program using the READ_STS instruction. 378 35012474.18 Appendices Discrete Input/Output Modules What's in This Part Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules ................... 380 Overview These appendices contain information that should be useful for programming the application. 35012474.18 379 Discrete Input/Output Modules Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules What's in This Chapter Topological/State RAM Addressing of ModiconX80 Discrete Modules ................................................................................ 380 Topological/State RAM Addressing of ModiconX80 Discrete Modules Discrete Modules With firmware 2.4 or later, you can access the modules either via topological or State RAM addresses. Please also refer to Memory Tab (see EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Operating Modes). The following table shows the Modicon X80 discrete module objects that can be mapped to topological or State RAM addresses. Module reference BMX DAI 0805 BMX DAI 0814 Topological address %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] BMX DAI 1602 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] BMX DAI 1603 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] BMX DAI 1604 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] State RAM address -%IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I or -%IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW 380 35012474.18 Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module reference BMX DAI 0804 Topological address %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1615 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] BMX DAO 1605 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] BMX DAO 1615 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] BMX DAO 0805 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] BMX DDI 1602 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] BMX DDI 1603 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] BMX DDI 1604 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] BMX DDI 0804 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] State RAM address - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I 35012474.18 381 Discrete Input/Output Modules Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules Module reference Topological address State RAM address BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 3203 BMX DDI 3232 BMX DDI 6402K BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,63] %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,23] %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,23] or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 63, one channel per %I or - %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 3, one channel per bit of %IW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I and - %M Start address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per %M or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW and %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I and 382 35012474.18 Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules Module reference Topological address State RAM address BMX DDM 3202K BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202K BMX DDO 6402K BMX DRA 0804 35012474.18 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,31] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,63] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %M Start address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per %M or - %IWStart address one channel per bit of %IW and - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %I and - %M Start address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per %M or - %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW and - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 31, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 1, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 63, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 3, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per %M or 383 Discrete Input/Output Modules Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules Module reference Topological address State RAM address BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 0815 BMX DRC 0805 BMX DRA 1605 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per %M or - %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW For additional information please refer to Special Conversion for Compact I/O Modules (see EcoStruxureTM Control Expert, Concept Application Converter, User Manual). 384 35012474.18 Glossary Discrete Input/Output Modules D DDT: (derived data type) A set of elements with the same type (array) or with different types (structure). 35012474.18 385 Index 20-pin terminal blocks installing................................................. 57 40-pin terminal blocks installing................................................. 62 A ABE-7H08R10 ......................................... 313 ABE-7H08R11 ......................................... 313 ABE-7H08R21 ......................................... 316 ABE-7H08S21 ......................................... 320 ABE-7H12R10 ......................................... 314 ABE-7H12R11 ......................................... 314 ABE-7H12R20 ......................................... 318 ABE-7H12R21 ......................................... 318 ABE-7H12R50 ......................................... 326 ABE-7H12S21 ......................................... 322 ABE-7H16F43 ......................................... 329 ABE-7H16R10 ......................................... 313 ABE-7H16R11 ......................................... 313 ABE-7H16R20 ......................................... 316 ABE-7H16R21 ......................................... 316 ABE-7H16R23 ......................................... 316 ABE-7H16R30 ......................................... 324 ABE-7H16R31 ......................................... 324 ABE-7H16R50 ......................................... 327 ABE-7H16S21 ......................................... 320 ABE-7H16S43 ......................................... 330 ABR-7xxx relays ...................................... 336 ABS-7Exx relays ...................................... 337 applied outputs ........................................ 375 B BMWFTB2020 ...........................................40 BMWFTB4020 ...........................................43 BMWFTB4020H......................................... 43 BMX FTW ··1 connection cables .................51 BMX FTW ··5 connection cables .................55 BMXDAI0805........................................... 177 BMXDAI0805H ........................................ 177 BMXDAI0814........................................... 183 BMXDAI1602........................................... 139 BMXDAI1602H ........................................ 139 35012474.18 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMXDAI1603........................................... 147 BMXDAI1603H ........................................ 147 BMXDAI1604........................................... 153 BMXDAI1604H ........................................ 153 BMXDAI1614........................................... 159 BMXDAI16142......................................... 159 BMXDAI1614H ........................................ 159 BMXDAI1615........................................... 169 BMXDAI1615H ........................................ 169 BMXDAO1605 ......................................... 257 BMXDAO1605H....................................... 257 BMXDAO1615 ......................................... 263 BMXDAO1615H....................................... 263 BMXDDI1602 .......................................... 102 BMXDDI1602H ........................................ 102 BMXDDI1603 .......................................... 109 BMXDDI1603H ........................................ 109 BMXDDI1604T ........................................ 116 BMXDDI3202K ........................................ 188 BMXDDI3202KH ...................................... 188 BMXDDI3203 .......................................... 124 BMXDDI3203H ........................................ 124 BMXDDI3232 .......................................... 131 BMXDDI3232H ........................................ 131 BMXDDI6402K ........................................ 195 BMXDDI6402KH ...................................... 195 BMXDDM16022....................................... 271 BMXDDM16022H .................................... 271 BMXDDM16025....................................... 281 BMXDDM16025H .................................... 281 BMXDDM3202K ...................................... 290 BMXDDO1602......................................... 202 BMXDDO1602H ...................................... 202 BMXDDO1612......................................... 208 BMXDDO1612H ...................................... 208 BMXDDO3202K....................................... 245 BMXDDO3202KC .................................... 245 BMXDDO6402K....................................... 251 BMXDDO6402KC .................................... 251 BMXDRA0804T ....................................... 214 BMXDRA0805 ......................................... 219 BMXDRA0805H....................................... 219 BMXDRA0815 ......................................... 225 BMXDRA0815H....................................... 225 BMXDRA1605 ......................................... 232 BMXDRA1605H....................................... 232 BMXDRC0805 ......................................... 238 BMXDRC0805H....................................... 238 387 Discrete Input/Output Modules BMXFCC051 .............................................82 BMXFCC053 .............................................82 BMXFCC1001 ...........................................82 BMXFCC1003 ...........................................82 BMXFCC101 .............................................82 BMXFCC103 .............................................82 BMXFCC201 .............................................82 BMXFCC203 .............................................82 BMXFCC301 .............................................82 BMXFCC303 .............................................82 BMXFCC501 .............................................82 BMXFCC503 .............................................82 BMXFCW1001........................................... 76 BMXFCW1003........................................... 76 BMXFCW301 ............................................76 BMXFCW303 ............................................76 BMXFCW501 ............................................76 BMXFCW503 ............................................76 BMXFTB2000 ............................................40 BMXFTB2010 ............................................40 BMXFTB4000 ............................................43 BMXFTB4000H.......................................... 43 BMXFTW1001 ...........................................49 BMXFTW301 ............................................. 49 BMXFTW305 ............................................. 53 BMXFTW501 ............................................. 49 BMXFTW505 ............................................. 53 F fallback mode .......................................... 351 FCN connector installing........................................... 76, 82 FCN type connector installing................................................. 67 forcing ..................................................... 373 I input parameters ...................................... 347 M MOD_FLT................................................ 370 O output parameters .................................... 348 output reset ............................................. 352 P parameter settings ................................... 354 C certifications ..............................................36 channel data structure for all modules T_DIS_IN_GEN.................................... 356 T_DIS_IN_STD .............................357358 T_DIS_OUT_GEN ................................ 359 T_DIS_OUT_STD..........................360361 T_GEN_MOD....................................... 362 connection bases ..................................... 298 connection cables ................................ 76, 82 D debugging ............................................... 371 diagnostics .......................................376377 R reactivation of outputs .............................. 375 relays ...............................................332, 338 RESET.................................................... 374 S SET ........................................................ 374 simulator ................................................. 340 standards ..................................................36 state RAM/topological addressing of X80 discrete modules .................................... 380 T task parameter......................................... 350 T_DIS_IN_GEN ....................................... 356 388 35012474.18 T_DIS_IN_STD.................................357358 T_DIS_OUT_GEN ................................... 359 T_DIS_OUT_STD .............................360361 temperature derating ..................................34 terminal blocks installing................................................. 37 T_GEN_MOD .......................................... 362 topological/state RAM addressing of X80 discrete modules .................................... 380 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16 .............................. 365 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16 ............... 365 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_32 .............................. 365 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_64 .............................. 365 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8................................ 365 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8_OUT_8 ................... 365 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_16 .......................... 365 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_32 .......................... 365 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_64 .......................... 365 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_8 ............................ 365 TELEFAST 2 ........................................... 298 W wiring precautions ......................................72 Discrete Input/Output Modules 35012474.18 389 Schneider Electric 35 rue Joseph Monier 92500 Rueil Malmaison France + 33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00 www.se.com As standards, specifications, and design change from time to time, please ask for confirmation of the information given in this publication. © 2020 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. 35012474.18PDFlib PDI 9.0.7p3 (C /Win64) Schneider Electric